Skip to main content

Social Sciences Catalogue 2018

Page 1

SOCIAL SCIENCES

HUMANIT IES

LANGUAGES AND LITER ATURES

2018

PE TER LANG RECENT T I T LE S IN ENGL I SH L ANGUAGE


Contents

Social Sciences

Recent Publications : Economics and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Media and Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Political Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

The Peter Lang Publishing Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Our Representatives – Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Our Representatives – eBooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Order information: Please use the order form, order online at: www.peterlang.com or send your order directly to: order@peterlang.com


1

Economics and Management

Economics and Management

Muhammad Ashfaq

Chan Y. Bang • Gerald Pech (eds.)

Islamic Banking and Finance in Europe: The Case of Germany and United Kingdom

Nuclear Disarmament for Sustainable and Dynamic Economic Development in the Korean Peninsula

A Theoretical and an Empirical Analysis The Islamic financial industry is expanding rapidly into non-Muslim countries including Western Europe. The author analyses what the prospects of success for an Islamic mode of banking and finance in Germany are at the retail level. The quantitative study revealed that two-thirds of respondents were willing to switch to Islamic banking, and that Giro and savings bank accounts and mortgage financing products and services were most desired by the respondents. The qualitative study showed that the success of Islamic Banking and Finance in the United Kingdom is mainly due to the proactive role taken by regulators and London’s role as an international financial center. Germany’s regulatory model is different than that of the United Kingdom in that there are no market entry barriers, and the success of Islamic banking in Germany will largely depend on the operating model of Islamic financial institutions.

Prospects for a Peaceful Settlement The anthology discusses the formula of a «grand bargain» to denuclearize the Korean peninsula. Scholars from the US, South Korea, China, Russia and the former UK ambassador Everard review recent historical developments and political objectives and constraints of the DPRK regime. They also analyse the geopolitical situation in Northeast Asia from the perspective of China, Russia and South Korea. The book offers a multifaceted analysis of a pressing policy issue. The proposal is to offer security guarantees and substantial financial support for opening North Korea’s economy and taking verifiable steps towards denuclearization. Sanctions would be a last resort in case North Korea fails to denuclearize.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. XXVI, 220 pp., 23 tables, 8 b/w ill., 2 coloured ill.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 124 pp., 1 b/w ill.

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-73321-9 CHF 64.– / €D 54.95 / €A 56.50 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-73326-4 CHF 67.– / €D 60.95 / €A 61.70 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-73550-3 CHF 43.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.20 / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

ISBN 978-3-631-73553-4 CHF 41.– / €D 34.95 / €A 35.90 / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95


2

Economics and Management

Mehmet Baykal • Halim Kazan (eds.)

Adam Czarnecki

Eleanor D. Glor (ed.)

Emerging Trends in Business

Going Local? Linking and Integrating Second-Home Owners with the Community’s Economy

Leading-Edge Research in Public Sector Innovation

An Interdisciplinary Approach This book presents a collection of interdisciplinary chapters covering the most informative issues in various fields of both theoretical and applied business. The contributors focus on up-to-date developments in business areas such as innovation, entrepreneurship, banking and digital marketing.

A comparative study between Finnish and Polish second-home owners This book analyses how deeply Finnish and Polish second-home owners are integrated into the community’s economy. It evaluates second homes considered as a dynamically growing constituent of rural landscape in Europe. The author examines what the key drivers of the consumer’s behaviour are, and what the impact of their spending is on the local economy. He utilizes a variety of analytical methods, i.e. classification trees, cluster analysis, regression models, Engel curves and statistical tests. His analysis is nested in microeconomic and consumer theories, tourism and rural studies. The research findings lead to the general conclusion on the consumption convergence that despite contrasting cultural, social and economic backgrounds as well as clear differences in the second home functioning, Finnish and Polish second-home owners are similar to a large extent, in terms of consumer behaviour.

Structure, Dynamics, Values and Outcomes Government and non-profit innovation has emerged as a strong cross-disciplinary research field with its own schools of study. Innovation is studied in fields and organizations that are open to trying out new policies, programs and processes. In twenty-two years of publication, The Innovation Journal: The Public Sector Innovation Journal (TIJ) has published papers and books discussing theory, practice, public policy and administration, health, education, all levels of government and other areas of study. Truly cross-disciplinary, it has been at the forefront of studying new practices and approaches such as leadership, employee empowerment, policy informatics and collaboration. Key TIJ papers are published in this book, including those most cited in scholarly work. TIJ has been a forum for discussion of theories, frameworks and evaluations of public sector innovation; it has demonstrated how interpretive, analytic, quantitative and demographic methods can be applied to public sector innovation and has guided governments to more effective policies. TIJ has not adopted a field or school; nonetheless, schools of study are represented here, such as adoption, diffusion and the effects and fate of innovations and their organizations, as are some of the best-known scholars of public sector innovation: Everett M. Rogers, James Iain Gow, Frances Westley and Eleanor D. Glor.

Berlin, 2018, 344 pp., 23 b/w ill., 11 coloured ill., 18 b/w tables Frankfurt am Main. 2017. 174 pp., 6 b/w fig., 11 tables

Polish Studies in Economics. Vol. 9

Oxford, 2018. XVIII, 492 pp., 20 tables, 28 fig.

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-74469-7 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72901-4 CHF 70.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.60 / € 56.10 / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-74470-3 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72902-1 CHF 73.– / €D 66.95 / €A 67.30 / € 56.10 / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78707-663-1 CHF 73.– / €D 66.95 / €A 66.70 / € 55.60 / £ 45.– / US-$ 67.95

ISBN 978-1-78707-662-4 CHF 70.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.20 / € 55.60 / £ 45.– / US-$ 67.95


3

Economics and Management

Hasan Gürak

Stefan Hannen

Economic Growth and Development 2

Integrated Reporting

Complementary Articles in the Pursuit of Economic Realities This book is intended to be complementary to the volume entitled «Economic Growth and Development» published in 2015. In the first chapter, Francesco Macheda contributes a thorough analysis of historical developments. In the following chapters, Hasan Gürak is reporting on rather important global issues regarding long-run growth and the progress of developing countries, such as the Brain Drain, Types of Capital, The Legend of Savings equals Investment and the Middle-Income Trap. Qualified brains or synonymously qualified labor is a sine qua non for economic growth and development. But the developing countries seem to lose their most valuable inputs of production to the developed countries in return for nothing. Capital is one of the essential factors of economic growth and development. Yet there is no consensus on the definition of capital. In fact, there are various types of capital which are simply ignored in the economic textbooks. The savings equal investment (S = I) approach is still used in contemporary textfig. books emphasizing its relationship to growth. The author evaluates how realistic this perception is. According to an argument there might be an end to growth for some MiddleIncome Countries that are caught in a trap. Gürak claims that there is no deliberately engineered «trap».

Useful for investors? The introduction of Integrated Reporting (IR) is supposed to tackle shortcomings of corporate reporting that have been criticized for decades. The new reporting format intends to improve the understandability of corporate reports and broaden their often merely financial and backward-looking perspective. This study investigates the usefulness of IR for investors. A conceptual analysis provides an indepth examination of the IIRC’s International <IR> Framework, the basis to prepare integrated reports. An empirical analysis examines the presence of IR in existing reports from South Africa and the USA, before testing potential consequences for the capital market. The findings have implications not only for investors, but also for the reporting firms, regulators and academics.

Syed F. Mahmud • Kaoru Yamaguchi • Murat A. Yülek

Money Matters Some Puzzles, Anomalies and Crises in the Standard Macroeconomic Model The 2007 financial crisis and the Great Recession have prompted a debate about the state of macroeconomics, and many orthodox economists have argued that macroeconomics has entered a Dark Age. This book discusses the shortcomings of the standard macroeconomic model (SMM). The SMM failed to explain the real world and anticipate the global financial crises. The main reasons for this failure have been attributed to its inability to assign an active role of money and by the absence of appropriate modelling of financial markets. The book also discusses how the SMM can be reformed to better account for the real world and policy prescriptions, such as the Chicago Plan, that can reduce the risks emanating from excessive money creation by banks.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. XXVII, 296 pp., 43 b/w ill., 35 b/w tables Berlin, 2018. 130 pp., 2 b/w fig., 12 tables, 1 graph

Münsteraner Schriften zur Internationalen Unternehmensrechnung. Vol. 15

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 146 pp., 34 fig., 5 tables

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-74826-8 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-73247-2 CHF 78.– / €D 66.95 / €A 68.80 / € 62.60 / £ 51.– / US-$ 75.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-74827-5 CHF 52.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72146-9 CHF 25.– / €D 21.95 / €A 22.40 / € 18.70 / £ 16.– / US-$ 22.95

ISBN 978-3-631-73323-3

CHF 82.– / €D 74.95 / €A 75.10 / € 62.60 / £ 51.– / US-$ 75.95

ISBN 978-3-631-72145-2 CHF 24.– / €D 19.95 / €A 20.50 / € 18.70 / £ 16.– / US-$ 22.95


4

Economics and Management

Cilia Neumann

Ludmila Neumann

Łukasz Sułkowski (ed.)

The Dilemma of China’s Dryland Agriculture in Inner Mongolia

Extended Performance Evaluation Based on DEA

Management and Culture of the University

Economic Growth, Poverty Alleviation and Sustainability – The Difficulty to Develop the Idea of Environmentalism

A Multidimensional Point of View

China must increase its agricultural production and yields of staple crops to guarantee food security. This leads to ever-increasing agricultural land-use in Inner Mongolia and has contributed to the environmental problems visible today. Vast economic development and involvement in globalized markets have all left a measurable mark on Inner Mongolia’s environment. The author provides insight into Inner Mongolia’s dryland agriculture, its agitators, environmental, social and political obstacles as well as opportunities. Conducted in Inner Mongolia, her research illustrates the development process of a sustainable agriculture and the evolution of environmental awareness in an economically and ecologically underdeveloped region.

This study introduces new methodological developments of Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA) that satisfy the demands of business practice and provide a multidimensional point of view on the evaluation of organizational performance. The author extends the focus of performance evaluation based on DEA, which is originally placed on efficiency, to effectiveness and balance. Such a multidimensional point of view provides different insights into organizational performance, which by complementing each other have several implications for managerial decision making.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 179 pp., 22 b/w ill., 16 b/w tables

This book creates a multi-paradigm model of quality culture in higher education institutions in Poland including characteristics, typology and methods of measurement and improvement of quality culture. The spread of higher education in the world, which entered a phase of massification in most countries in the world, is a crucial trend, increasing the diversity of forms of universities. The general trend is moving away from the traditional model of the university (Humboldtian and post-Humboldtian) towards the formation of an entrepreneurial university. The importance of the contributions stems from undertaken research subjects to complement the gap in the existing state of knowledge.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 265 pp.

Berlin, 2018. XLIV, 243 pp., 40 coloured fig., 2 b/w fig., 22 tables

European University Studies. Series 5: Economics and Management. Vol. 3446

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-74414-7 CHF 64.– / €D 54.95 / €A 56.50 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72216-9 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-74651-6 CHF 67.– / €D 60.95 / €A 61.70 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72270-1 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72025-7 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

New Horizons in Management Sciences. Vol. 6 ISBN 978-3-631-71804-9 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95


5

Economics and Management

Nadia Vazquez Novoa

Alexander Zielonka

Data Envelopment Analysis: From Normative to Descriptive Performance Evaluation

Data-Driven Problem-Solving in International Business Communication

The question of modern performance evaluation has been extensively discussed in the literature, leading to a call for models including non-optimizing behaviors of decision makers and non-financial performance criteria. A promising management instrument is data envelopment analysis (DEA), which enables the aggregation of financial and non-financial indicators into a single measure. This work contributes to a better understanding of DEA from two perspectives: (i) it offers a normative solution to the zero-value weight problem and (ii) it provides the first experimental results on behavioral DEA based on an original taxonomy of cognitive biases related to performance evaluation. Behavioral DEA is a completely new research area which yields plenty of research opportunities.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. XVII pp., 281 pp., 40 b/w ill., 50 b/w tables European University Studies. Series 5: Economics and Management. Vol. 3444 pb.

Examining the Use of Bilingual WebBased Tools for Text Production with Advanced English as a Foreign Language Professionals This study challenges the traditional approach of focusing on English as a foreign language learning in international business settings. The primary objective in such settings is to successfully create a linguistically correct document. Rather than relying on accumulated incomplete individual language knowledge, an alternative approach is to «solve a written language problem» by employing online tools to search for certain unknown technical terms. The author of this study advocates that the use of bilingual text search engines as a more viable problem-solving tool than traditional online dictionaries. Therefore, he examines how well participants are able to select correct verb-object expression using either an online dictionary or a bilingual text search engine.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. XXV, 254 pp., 63 b/w ill., 123 b/w tables Konzepte des Lehrens und Lernens. Vol. 22

ISBN 978-3-631-72449-1 CHF 78.– / €D 66.95 / €A 68.80 / € 62.60 / £ 51.– / US-$ 75.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06578-7 CHF 64.– / €D 57.95 / €A 58.30 / € 48.60 / £ 40.– / US-$ 58.95

ISBN 978-3-631-72473-6

CHF 82.– / €D 74.95 / €A 75.10 / € 62.60 / £ 51.– / US-$ 75.95

ISBN 978-3-631-67445-1 CHF 60.– / €D 51.95 / €A 53.50 / € 48.60 / £ 40.– / US-$ 58.95


6

Education

Education

Roberta Ahlquist • Paul C. Gorski • Theresa Montaño (eds.)

Assault on Kids and Teachers Countering Privatization, Deficit Ideologies and Standardization in U.S. Schools In Assault on Kids and Teachers, educators from across the United States push back against the neoliberal school reform movements that are taking the «public» out of public education, demonizing teachers, and stealing from youth the opportunity for an equitable, just, and holistic education. Contributors, including teachers, educational and community activists, teacher educators, critical education scholars, and others, expose how racism, economic injustice, and other forms of injustice are created and recreated both locally and nationally through educational policies more intent on turning schools into profit centers and undermining teacher unions than on strengthening public schools. Topics include the privatization of public schools, the growing influence of grit ideology on school practices, zero tolerance policies and the school-to-prison pipeline, Teach For America, the lies behind the charter school movement, and the damage TPAs are doing to teacher education. Beyond leveling critiques at these and other troubling trends and practices, though, contributors describe the many sites and forms of resistance emerging in response to these assaults on kids and teachers from students, parents, teachers, and other concerned people. Assault on Kids and Teachers is both a call for deeper understandings of anti-democratic and regressive school reform initiatives and an invitation into movements for putting the «public» back into public education. New York, 2018. XXII, 244 pp., 2 tables Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 523 hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-5119-4

CHF 129.– / €D 111.95 / €A 114.60 / € 104.20 / £ 84.– / US-$ 124.95

Cristina Alarcón López • Martin Lawn

Assessment Cultures Historical Perspectives Large scale assessment influences national and international educational policy debates and reforms. Assessment data is increasingly used as a government instrument. However, within the contemporary realm of the current global testing regime both the cultural and the historical conditions of assessment are often neglected. This volume is therefore devoted to the reconstruction of «assessment cultures» (interpretation patterns, discourses, instruments, practices) and their involved groups of actors. The contributions cover examples of Western European, Eurasian, East Asian, Latin, and North American as well as international settings and refer to epochs ranging from the early modern period up to the current context.

Berlin, 2018. 430 pp., 1 coloured fig., 2 b/w fig., 4 tables, 2 graphs Studia Educationis Historica. Bildungsgeschichtliche Studien / Studies in the History of Education / Estudios de Historia de la Educación. Vol. 3

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3282-7 CHF 41.– / €D 35.95 / €A 36.70 / € 33.30 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-5116-3 CHF 41.– / €D 39.95 / €A 40.– / € 33.30 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-3-631-67516-8 CHF 81.– / €D 69.95 / €A 71.90 / € 65.40 / £ 54.– / US-$ 78.95 ISBN 978-3-653-06867-2

CHF 86.– / €D 77.95 / €A 78.50 / € 65.40 / £ 54.– / US-$ 78.95


7

Education

Jennifer Ayala • Julio Cammarota • Margarita I. Berta-Ávila • Melissa Rivera • Louie F. Rodríguez • María Elena Torre (eds.)

Rebecca Day Babcock • Terese Thonus

Patricia Benstein

Researching the Writing Center

PAR EntreMundos

Second Edition

Integration of the Self and Awareness (ISA) in Learning and Teaching

Towards an Evidence-Based Practice,

A case study of French adult students learning English the Silent Way

A Pedagogy of the Américas PAR EntreMundos: A Pedagogy of the Américas challenges the standard narratives of «achievement» to think about how Latinx students can experience an education that forges new possibilities of liberation and justice. Growing Latinx student populations have led to concerns about «assimilating» them into mainstream academic frameworks. This book offers an alternative, decolonizing approach that embraces complex Latinx identities and clears a path toward resisting systems of oppression. Educating Latinx students should involve more than just helping them achieve in school but rather having them recognize their agency to transform the larger structure of education to promote justice-oriented practices. The authors offer a framework for such transformation by honoring their theoretical lineages, proposing a set of guiding principles, and sharing stories about collective social action within and outside Latinx communities. PAR EntreMundos: A Pedagogy of the Américas is a practice of liberation and freedom.

Researching the Writing Center is the first booklength treatment of the research base for academic writing tutoring. The book reviews the current state of writing center scholarship, arguing that although practitioner-researchers continue to value anecdotal and experiential evidence, they must also appreciate empirical evidence as mediating theory and practice. Readers of this revised edition will discover an evidence-based orientation to research and be able to evaluate the current scholarship on recommended writing center practice. Chapters examine the research base for current theory and practice involving the contexts of tutoring, tutoring activities, and the tutoring of specific populations. Readers will investigate the sample research question «What is a ‘successful’ writing consultation?» Researching the Writing Center concludes with an agenda for future questions about writing center practice that can be researched empirically. This revised edition of the text is intended for writing center professionals, researchers, graduate students in English, composition studies, and education, and peer tutors in training. It is also suitable for courses in writing center theory and practice, learning center theory and practice, composition studies, education, and learning assistance.

The successful acquisition of a second or foreign language requires focus, motivation, and positive feedback. This case study of French adult students of English illustrates that Gattegno’s Silent Way is more than a teaching methodology. It is a science of education that integrates the self and awareness in the learning and teaching processes. This integration facilitates the personal evolution of Gattegno’s ‘pre-human’ to the ‘universal human’ who is permanently aware of his/her awareness. The resulting experience of ‘flow’ leads to a positive feedback loop that in turn contributes to the student’s enjoyment of acquiring a second language.

New York, 2018. XX, 260 pp., 12 b/w ill., 3 tables Critical Studies of Latinxs in the Americas. Vol. 15 New York, 2018. XIV, 352 pp., 5 tables

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 399 pp., 3 b/w ill., 2 coloured ill.

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4485-1 CHF 50.– / €D 42.95 / €A 44.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3522-4 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72226-8 CHF 79.– / €D 71.95 / €A 72.80 / € 60.70 / £ 50.– / US-$ 73.95

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4475-2

CHF 129.– / €D 111.95 / €A 114.60 / € 104.20 / £ 84.– / US-$ 124.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4486-8 CHF 52.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4479-0

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-3-631-72225-1 CHF 75.– / €D 64.95 / €A 66.80 / € 60.70 / £ 50.– / US-$ 73.95


8

Education

Barbara Beyerbach • R. Deborah Davis • Tania Ramalho (eds.)

Activist Art in Social Justice Pedagogy Engaging Students in Glocal Issues Through the Arts, Revised Edition Artists have always had a role in imagining a more socially just, inclusive world—many have devoted their lives to realizing this possibility. In a culture ever more embedded in performance and the visual, examining the role of arts in multicultural teaching for social justice is a timely focus. In Activist Art in Social Justice Pedagogy approaches to using activist art to teach a multicultural curriculum are examined and critiqued. Examples of activist artists and their strategies illustrate how study of and engagement in activist art processes glocally—connecting local and global issues—can deepen critical literacy and commitment to social justice. This book is relevant to those (1) interested in teaching more about artist/activist social movements around the globe, (2) preparing pre-service teachers to teach for social justice, (3) concerned about learning how to engage diverse learners through the arts, (4) teaching courses related to arts-based multicultural education, critical literacy, and culturally relevant teaching. As we think more broadly we address the question «why does a ‘social justice through the arts in education’ approach make sense»; describe examples of preservice teacher assignments examining artists’ roles in activist movements, promoting multicultural understanding and social justice; and share approaches to and examples of using the arts in the United States and abroad to deepen multicultural comprehension and teaching for social justice.

Robert W. Blake • Brett Elizabeth Blake

David Boers

A Road Less Traveled

Uncovering Black Heroes

Critical Literacy and Language Learning in the Classroom, 1964–1996

Lesser-Known Stories of Liberty and Civil Rights

A Road Less Traveled: Critical Literacy and Language Learning in the Classroom, 1964–1996 takes us through what Robert W. Blake calls the «jaunty journey» of the English/English Language Arts classroom from its linguistic and literature foundations, to emphases on close reading techniques and structures to composing and responding to literature. A Road Less Traveled heads bumpily into the path of learning how to work with «non-native speakers» and other «basic» students toward a (re)-burst of a renewed interest in poetry and drama, reader response, a process approach to writing, and the diverse student, showing through the often winding and blurry road along the journey of our literacy travels over 30 years, that what we understood best about reading and writing has stood the test of time.

Uncovering Black Heroes: Lesser-Known Stories of Liberty and Civil Rights is a series of stories regarding real people who are not so well known in the mainstream of American freedom and civil rights discussions. These people have made a difference by the events of their lives and by the deliberate contributions they made. In some chapters depictions of fugitive slaves create awareness of the perils of freedom runs and of the desperate, dangerous, and terrifying life of being a hunted person. In other chapters the degree of local level blockage individuals needed to confront is exposed. Still other chapters point out major efforts by diligent, but for the most part unknown, local people that result in court case settlements and state laws to advance civil rights, in particular suffrage. One chapter takes a close look at leaders in women’s clubs and how those leaders defined women’s roles in the Black freedom and civil rights movements. Themes stand out as they all build upon each other and are seen from one chapter to the next. In the end, a subtle evolution of ideas can be realized that forms the notion that the great and recognized Black leaders in history have their important place but that freedom and civil rights advancements are made on the backs of the local unknowns who need to be recognized for what they have contributed. This uncovering of unknown players involved in crucial events of their times in the quest for social, political, civil, and personal equality and freedom provides a unique perspective somewhat counter to mainstream thinking.

New York, 2018. XVIII, 306 pp. Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 520

New York, 2017. XX, 272 pp., 13 b/w ill. Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 515

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3263-6

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

New York, 2017. XII, 128 pp. Peter Lang Primer. Vol. 37

ISBN 978-1-4331-3497-5 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3262-9 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4812-5 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL)

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4436-3

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4165-2 CHF 34.– / €D 29.95 / €A 30.20 / € 27.50 / £ 22.– / US-$ 32.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4171-3 CHF 36.– / €D 32.95 / €A 33.– / € 27.50 / £ 22.– / US-$ 32.95


9

Education

Robin M. Boylorn

Sweetwater Black Women and Narratives of Resilience, Revised Edition Sweetwater: Black Women and Narratives of Resilience is a multi-generational story of growing up black and female in the rural south. At times heartbreaking, at times humorous, Sweetwater captures the artistry, strength, language and creativity shared by first-hand accounts of black women in small-town North Carolina during the twentieth century. The book uncovers the versatility and universality of black women’s experiences and their exceptional capacity to love in the face of adversity, and hope in the midst of calamity. Sweetwater is about the black female experience as it relates to friendship, family, spirituality, poverty, education, addiction, mental illness, romantic relationships, and everyday survival. The merging themes show the resilience and resistance that black women exhibit while negotiating the intersecting oppressions of racism, classism, and sexism. Written from field notes and memory, the author reveals the complexities of black women’s lived experiences by exposing the communicative and interpersonal choices black women make through storytelling. Narrative inquiry and black feminism are offered as creative educational tools for discussing how and why black women’s singular and interior lives are culturally and globally significant. This revised edition preserves the original narratives but features new content including re-views, re-visions and reconsiderations for re-writing autoethnography.

New York, 2017. XXXIV, 216 pp. Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 100

Venessa Ann Brown • Menah Pratt-Clarke (eds.)

A Promising Reality Reflections on Race, Gender, and Culture in Cuba A Promising Reality: Reflections on Race, Gender, and Culture in Cuba is a compilation of the reflections of a group of chief diversity officers, faculty, and educators from the United States about Cuba. As part of the National Association of Diversity Officers in Higher Education delegation to Cuba in July, 2015, A Promising Reality represents a collection of voices, experiences, and perspectives about issues of race, gender, cultural identity, and the African experience in Cuba. Key themes explored include Cuban culture, the Cuban Revolution, politics, economics, education, equity, and social change. Utilizing narrative inquiry, some of the reflections are comparative with the United States, and some reflections focus exclusively on Cuba. The book takes readers on a journey of thought-provoking stories that reflect the excitement, uncertainty, complexity, and promising possibilities on the cusp of changing diplomatic, political, economic, and social relationships between the United States and Cuba. A Promising Reality seeks to broaden the perspectives of its readers regarding USCuban relations. This book is ideal for courses on international relations, international studies, international affairs, comparative cultures, political science, education, politics, sociology, history, race, gender, and social justice. It is a must-read for anyone traveling to Cuba as part of study-abroad, professional development, or personal adventure.

Lynn A. Bryan • Kenneth Tobin (eds.)

13 Questions Reframing Education’s Conversation: Science 13 Questions: Reframing Education’s Conversation: Science examines thirteen critical questions confronting contemporary science education and a dynamic and evolving universe threatened by issues of sustainability and disharmony. The world’s leading scholars in science education utilize cutting-edge theories and analyses to illuminate possible pathways in a world threatened by global warming, mass extinctions, and pervasive conflicts. These provocative responses to some of the most difficult questions facing science education to date are intended to provoke, expand, and enlighten readers about possibilities for transforming and enhancing the social and physical worlds we inhabit and for which we are stewards. The sections of 13 Questions address science curriculum; power and science education; quality of science teachers; quality of science students; quality of science teacher education; equity; language; religion; race; families; culture of science and science education; political issues and science education; and bold visions for science education. The book is international in scope and shows value for difference in the perspectives, values, and theoretical underpinnings of authors.

New York, 2018. XX, 138 pp., 10 coloured ill.

New York, 2018. XIV, 536 pp., 10 b/w ill.

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 105

Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 442

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3308-4

ISBN 978-1-4331-2780-9

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3493-7 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3307-7 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4222-2 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4539-1872-2 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4495-0 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-2779-3 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


10

Education

James Ottavio Castagnera

James Ottavio Castagnera

Mari Castañeda • Joseph Krupczynski

Riding the Fifth Wave in Higher Education

Handbook for Student Law for Higher Education Administrators, Third Edition

Civic Engagement in Diverse Latinx Communities

A Survival Guide for the New Normal The Fifth Wave in higher education is breaking on American shores. Unlike the four waves that preceded it from colonial times through the post-WWII mega-versity expansion, this wave is disrupting all sectors of the higher education industry. It will sweep away those institutions—be they public, private non-profit, or for-profit—that fail to recognize and meet the threat. Harvard professor Clay Christensen, the father of «disruptive innovation,» predicts that as many as half of all American universities will close or go bankrupt within the next 10 to 15 years (See Inside Higher Ed, April 28, 2017). Riding the Fifth Wave in Higher Education: A Survival Guide for the New Normal charts the dimensions of the Fifth Wave challenge and offers numerous general and specific suggestions for surfing the wave and surviving its tsunami-like impact. Part One of this concise handbook explains why our industry is in treacherous waters and outlines the impact of the Fifth Wave to date on all three major sectors of American higher ed. Part Two offers a range of practical responses, including ways we might break out of the tuition-discount «death spiral» and the facilities «arms race», as well as identifying our prospects for removing the albatross of onerous federal regulations from around our necks before it drags us under. If you have time to read only one book about today’s crisis in American higher education, Riding the Fifth Wave in Higher Education is the right choice. If you plan to research the topic in depth, Riding the Fifth Wave in Higher Education is the perfect place to start.

The Handbook for Student Law for Higher Education Administrators, Third Edition is a practical tool, intended for administrators dealing with students in higher education, focusing principally on four-year institutions. Addressing the ever-evolving relationship between higher education and the law, the book will provide the academic administrator with the means to knowledgably and confidently navigate the many legal threats and challenges facing colleges today. Focused on the «hot» issues in higher education today, and using examples from real cases and scenarios from many institutions, the handbook provides sample policies, checklists, and advice that administrators can apply to a wide variety of situations, both preventatively and proactively. The Handbook for Student Law for Higher Education Administrators, Third Edition is a compendium of practical knowledge and guidance, useful to all administrators dealing with the legal minefield that is higher education.

Learning From Social Justice Partnerships in Action Students, faculty, and community partners alike will find Civic Engagement in Diverse Latinx Communities: Learning From Social Justice Partnerships in Action accessible not only because it includes an array of examples regarding Latinx civic engagement, but it also demonstrates that personal experiences are powerful tools for the production of new knowledge. This book reveals an epistemology of social justice that aims to investigate and develop a new Latinx community-university praxis for how to engage with diverse communities in the twenty-first century.

New York, 2018. XII, 302 pp., 1 b/w ill. Critical Studies of Latinxs in the Americas. Vol. 17

New York, 2018. X, 138 pp., 1 table hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3372-5

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95 pb.

New York, 2017. X, 298 pp.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3371-8 CHF 38.– / €D 32.95 / €A 33.90 / € 30.80 / £ 25.– / US-$ 36.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4705-0

CHF 40.– / €D 36.95 / €A 37.– / € 30.80 / £ 25.– / US-$ 36.95

hb.

Education Management. Vol. 10

ISBN 978-1-4331-5014-2

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4230-7 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4231-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4726-5 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4825-5

CHF 55.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.10 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


11

Education

Floyd Cobb

Annette Coburn • Sinéad Gormally

James L. Conyers, Jr. (ed.)

Leading While Black

Communities for Social Change

Molefi Kete Asante

Reflections on the Racial Realities of Black School Leaders Through the Obama Era and Beyond

Practicing Equality and Social Justice in Youth and Community Work

A Critical Afrocentric Reader

Communities for Social Change: Practicing Equality and Social Justice in Youth and Community Work examines core ideas of social justice and equality that underpin community and youth work. It informs understanding of a range of community concepts and practices that are used to identify practical skills and characteristics that can help to promote equality by challenging injustice. Working with people in different types of community can bring the kind of social change that makes a real and lasting difference. Although justice is a contested notion, Annette Coburn and Sinéad Gormally assert that it is closely interlinked with human rights and equality. A critical examination of contemporary literature draws on educational, sociological, and psychological perspectives, to set community practices within a context for learning that is conversational, critical and informal. Social justice is about identifying and seeking to address structural disadvantage, discrimination, and inequality. The authors assert that by refocusing on process, participation, and collective rights, it is possible to create and sustain social justice. Transformative research paradigms help to produce findings that inspire and underpin political social action, and an analysis of practice-based examples supports the promotion of increased critical consciousness.

Conceptually, Molefi Kete Asante: A Critical Afrocentric Reader is a reflexive analysis of the editor’s space in higher education over the past three decades. As a historical assessment, this reader is a narrative that offers a constructive perspective of Afrocentricity, as the sheer mention of the word draws reaction and fear from either uniformed or conventional personnel. The book organizes Asante’s writings into four categories: history, mythology, ethos, and motif. Arranged theoretically, these are the four concepts that describe and evaluate culture from an Afrocentric perspective. This study offers an assessment of Asante’s body of literature that continues to position the philosophy and ideals of the Afrocentric movement internationally. In the context of being a public intellectual, the core of Asante’s analysis draws inferences in locating Africana occurrences in place, space, and time. Advancing this idea further, the purpose of these presages is to motivate scholars in the field of Africana studies to contribute to the intellectual history of W. E. B. Du Bois, Maria Stewart, Carter G. Woodson, John Henrik Clarke, and the countless others who have advanced Africana research and writing. For many cynics and associates, the scholarship of Asante has not been thoroughly vetted. Directly or indirectly, Asante offers a foundation of optimism in forming the outliers of breakdown and breakthroughs for victorious thought of an Afrocentric perspective.

New York, 2017. XXXVI, 116 pp., 4 b/w ill., 2 tables

New York, 2017. X, 178 pp.

New York, 2017. XXII, 238 pp.

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 76

Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 483

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 15

hb.

hb.

hb.

What does it mean to lead while Black in America? How do Black educators lead for equity to ensure a quality academic experience for Black children when calls for equality are routinely discredited in our post-racial context? Through this book, Floyd Cobb passionately and honestly draws from his personal and professional experiences to describe his path to accepting the harsh realities of being an equity-minded Black leader in K–12 schools. Offered through the performance of autoethnography, Cobb highlights and gives voice to the often-unacknowledged vulnerability of equity-minded Black leaders who work in suburban contexts. Using the era of the Obama presidency as the backdrop for this work, Cobb illuminates the challenges and complexities of advocating for marginalized children who come from a shared racial heritage in a society that far too often are reluctant to accept such efforts. Through Leading While Black, emerging and aspiring Black leaders will be reminded that they are not alone in their struggles, but must nonetheless persist if we are to do our part in m ­ aking education a better experience for our ­children.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3444-9

ISBN 978-1-4331-2977-3

ISBN 978-1-4331-1246-1

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3443-2 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2976-6 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4140-9 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4440-0 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-1245-4 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4134-8

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


12

Education

Kristopher Copeland • Garret L. Castleberry (eds.)

Competition, Community, and Educational Growth Contemporary Perspectives on Competitive Speech and Debate Competition, Community, and Educational Growth: Contemporary Perspectives on Competitive Speech and Debate is an up-to-date text providing informed academic thought concerning the impact of forensics. Its primary focus is to demonstrate how the forensic activity allows students to actively engage and learn outside the classroom. Specifically, Competition, Community, and Educational Growth focuses on how students educationally grow through the activity. The book frames methods and pedagogy as best practices to provide educational growth for students and explicitly connect learning outcomes for students. Coming from the perspective of higher educational instructors, the book provides insight beyond the high school experience. Competition, Community, and Educational Growth examines contemporary perspectives on competitive speech and debate theory, experience, and methods of instruction.

Bob Coulter

Peter Cumper • Alison Mawhinney (eds.)

Building Kids’ Citizenship Through Community Engagement

Collective Worship and Religious Observance in Schools

Building Kids’ Citizenship Through Community Engagement offers a compelling, empiricallybased argument for giving young people opportunities to grow through productive involvement with their local community. Drawing on John Dewey’s pragmatic frame of experience and concepts of bildung that inform educational practice in Europe, the book speaks directly to teachers and parents who are looking for a way to support young people in their efforts to become confident, self-directed citizens. Throughout, the book offers a paradigm for growth that counters the limits of narrow visions of schooling and equally thin out-ofschool learning opportunities which serve to limit young people’s potential. In framing the argument, veteran educator Bob Coulter draws on more than 30 years of experience that includes extensive work with youth as a classroom teacher and in a variety of other community-based efforts, as well as 18 years of work as a mentor to teachers and parents. Key themes running through Building Kids’ Citizenship Through Community Engagement include a cogent argument in support of young people assuming an active, age-appropriate role as citizens, as well as a modern updating of Dewey’s concept of experience that is suitable for a technological age. These theoretical ideas are made tangible through specific recommendations for productive uses of digital technology and a critical review of several frameworks that have proven useful for designing and evaluating the quality of kids’ community-based learning experiences.

This book examines the law and policy governing school acts of collective worship in England, Northern Ireland and Wales, and their equivalent in Scotland, which is known as religious observance. The fact that the majority of UK schools (including non-denominational ones) are required by law to organize acts of collective worship/religious observance for their pupils has provoked significant controversy in recent decades. Yet, perhaps surprisingly, there has (to date) been a relative paucity of published interdisciplinary scholarly material on such matters. In seeking to rectify this anomaly, the book takes a holistic approach whereby it examines the nature and consequences of the collective worship/religious observance duty from a variety of perspectives. These range from examining the law and policy governing collective worship/ religious observance in each country within the UK, to exploring the legal and educational challenges and opportunities thrown up by the current obligations. In addition, scholars from beyond the UK offer insights into the possibilities and dilemmas that the current statutory duties pose for schools and wider society. The aim of this book is to shine a light on an important issue that has often been neglected and ignored by policymakers.

New York, 2018. X, 148 pp. New York, 2018. XXII, 274, 2 tables hb.

[Re]thinking Environmental Education. Vol. 12 ISBN 978-1-4331-5239-9

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3519-4

Oxford, 2018. XIV, 396 pp. Religion, Education and Values. Vol. 13

CHF 129.– / €D 111.95 / €A 114.60 / € 104.20 / £ 84.– / US-$ 124.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-5238-2 CHF 50.– / €D 42.95 / €A 44.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3518-7 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4526-1 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78707-656-3 CHF 77.– / €D 73.95 / €A 74.10 / € 61.80 / £ 50.– / US-$ 75.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-5240-5 CHF 52.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

ISBN 978-1-78707-655-6 CHF 77.– / €D 66.95 / €A 67.90 / € 61.80 / £ 50.– / US-$ 75.95


13

Education

Scot Danforth (ed.)

Fernanda de Castro Modl

Joseph L. DeVitis (ed.)

Becoming a Great Inclusive Educator

Rules of Behavior and Interaction in German and Brazilian Classrooms

Making College Better

Second edition Becoming a Great Inclusive Educator, Second Edition offers educators the guidance and resources to become great inclusive educators by engaging in a powerful process of personal and professional transformation. Inclusive education continues to grow in popularity and acceptance in the United States. But most teachers – general and special educators – are poorly prepared to be successful in inclusive classrooms and schools. Undoubtedly, the challenge to professionals involves the acquisition of new knowledge and skills. But inclusion requires far more. It calls upon educators to trouble everything they think they know about disability, to question their deepest ethical commitments, to take up the work of the Disability Rights Movement in the public schools, and to leap headlong into the deepest waters of the rich craft tradition of inclusive teaching.

(Inter)cultural Uses of the Word in Schools This book synthesizes the results of fieldwork conducted using the method of participant observation in German and Brazilian classrooms at the same level of education (the German «vierte Klasse» of the «Grundschule» and the Brazilian 5th grade of elementary school). The author analyzes the phenomenon of distancing as related to linguistic and discursive behavior which is manifest through the use of the word in classroom interactions. This intercultural research contributes to a reevaluation of the understanding of classroom culture and to the perception of what cultural aspects inform institutional behavior within schools. The discursive analyses of transcribed classroom scenes and of narrative vignettes reveal aspects of the school within both culture and school culture.

Views from the Top Today’s colleges and universities are facing mounting criticism from both internal and external interest groups and constituencies. While strident calls for reform accelerate, resources for higher education have weakened. Thus, demands to improve college education abound amidst hard times. This timely book, Making College Better: Views from the Top, offers more rational and practical responses to that public outcry by allowing college presidents and chancellors from a wide variety of postsecondary institutions the opportunity to address, in measured ways, many complex issues and how they might be untangled. Moreover, these academic leaders provide possible remedies to make college better through more strategic policies and practices. Making College Better will appeal to all those interested in the future of higher education, including students, college administrators and other higher education personnel, parents, legislators and other officials, and public and private sector leaders. It is especially useful for courses in the organization and administration of higher education, the college presidency, contemporary issues in higher education, foundations of higher education, higher education and society, and college student development.

New York, 2018. XIV, 234 pp., 14 b/w ill., 1 table Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 184 pp., 2 coloured ill.

Adolescent Cultures, School, and Society. Vol. 68

Disability Studies in Education. Vol. 21

European University Studies. Series 11: Education Vol. 1036

hb.

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3485-2 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-66734-7 CHF 41.– / €D 34.95 / €A 36.– / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

pb. ISBN 978-1-4331-3479-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06318-9 CHF 43.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.20 / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

eBook (SUL)

New York, 2017. VIII, 368 pp.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4344-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3480-7

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4498-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


14

Education

Joseph L. DeVitis • Pietro A. Sasso (eds.)

Joanne Kilgour Dowdy

Colleges at the Crossroads

Minding Their Own Business

Taking Sides on Contested Issues

Five Female Leaders from Trinidad and Tobago

Focusing on crucial issues in higher education, this book challenges readers to go beyond taken-for-granted assumptions about America’s colleges and universities and instead critically examine important questions facing them in today’s troubled world. Each chapter presents divergent perspectives, that is, «pro» and «con» views, in the hope of stimulating reasoned dialogue among students, faculty, administrators, and the public at large. Readers will explore how internal factors in the academic community often interact with external social, economic, and political influences to produce conflictual results. They will see that academe is hardly value-neutral and inevitably political. This book urges them to transcend strident political persuasion and instead engage in the careful analysis needed to make colleges better. The text provides indepth appraisal of key topics of controversy: the purposes of higher education, liberal education, academic freedom, political correctness, tenure, shared governance, faculty workload, admissions tests, student learning, Greek life, the worth of college, equity and social justice, athletics, student entitlement, technology and distance instruction, and college amenities. The book will appeal to students, faculty, staff, and all those interested in the future of higher education. It is especially useful for courses in contemporary issues in higher education, foundations of higher education, higher education and society, college student development, and the organization and administration of higher education.

Minding Their Own Business: Five Female Leaders from Trinidad and Tobago is a narrative project that illuminates the historical legacy of entrepreneurship, self-employment, and collective economics within the African diaspora, particularly in the lives of five women leaders of African descent from Trinidad and Tobago, in the Caribbean. By using the financial literacy lens as an analytical tool to interpret these biographies, this book documents the journeys of these independent business women, uncovers the literacy skills they employed, and describes the networking skills that they relied upon personally and professionally. The qualitative data collection methods utilized in this project help to identify lessons that will inform professionals, educators, and business and lay persons about the innovative ways in which teaching and learning take place outside of «formal» business schooling. Information gleaned from this study also serves to broaden traditional understandings of entrepreneurship and economic strategies inherited from majority African descended communities. Additionally, this book illuminates the creative and intellectual modes of learning within the Afrocentric communities that foster successful business practices. Finally, these five successful women pass on to interested learners their methods of modeling, encouraging, and celebrating the means by which independent business people make a positive impact on society.

New York, 2018. XX, 524 pp., 6 b/w ill., 3 tables

New York, 2017. XII, 138 pp., 2 tables

Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 517

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 94

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3422-7

ISBN 978-1-4331-3386-2

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3421-0

Regina Egetenmeyer • Monica Fedeli (eds.)

Adult Education and Work Contexts: International Perspectives and Challenges Comparative Perspectives from the 2017 Würzburg Winter School Adult education has deep connections with employment contexts. This volume discusses interrelations within transnational contexts studied during the Würzburg Winter School on Comparative Studies in Adult Education and Lifelong Learning (COMPALL). The book shows that adult education and work contexts are influenced by international and transnational developments. The findings are presented in three chapters: Lifelong Learning Policies Targeting Employment Contexts; Transnational Perspectives on Lifelong Learning Policies; Employment Perspectives and Professionalisation in Adult Education.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 226 pp., 9 ill., 12 tables Studien zur Pädagogik, Andragogik und Gerontagogik / Studies in Pedagogy, Andragogy, and Gerontagogy. Vol. 72

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3385-5 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

hb.

CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95 eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4580-3 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4539-1853-1 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-73703-3 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

ISBN 978-3-631-73702-6 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95


15

Education

Regina Egetenmeyer • Sabine Schmidt-Lauff • Vanna Boffo

Regina Egetenmeyer • Paula Guimarães • Balázs Németh (eds.)

Adult Learning and Education in International Contexts: Future Challenges for its Professionalization

Joint Modules and Internationalisation in Higher Education

Comparative Perspectives from the 2016 Würzburg Winter School

Reflections on the Joint Module «Comparative Studies in Adult Education and Lifelong Learning»

Randa Elbih

Dialectics of 9/11 and the War on Terror Educational Responses Dialectics of 9/11 and the War on Terror: Educational Responses examines how global financial and socio-political systems propagate a lopsided dialectic of current events that influences teachers’ pedagogies of 9/11 and the War on Terror. The lopsided dialectic is one that encourages patriotism and militarism, conceals imperialism, and shuts out Muslim voices. Interviews with Muslim American students and high school teachers plus textual analysis of high school U.S. history textbooks demonstrate how curriculum and educators impact marginalized students’ identities and sense of belonging. As Muslim students describe their isolation and fear, and teachers discuss the challenges they face, readers will also learn how «us versus them» rhetoric deflects attention from the erosion of democratic values and the underlying socio-economic reasons for the War on Terror. Dialectics of 9/11 and the War on Terror: Educational Responses is easy-to-read and directed toward teachers, scholars, and curriculum developers, and includes actionable suggestions for teaching these topics in a balanced and holistic way. The ultimate goal of Dialectics of 9/11 and the War on Terror: Educational Responses is to grow critical dialectical pedagogy (CDP), a new introduction to the field of critical pedagogy, in order to nurture the next generation of global citizens.

This volume analyses adult education and lifelong learning as international phenomena, which have a strong influence on professionals working in this field. Based on the 2016 Würzburg Winter School, the book identifies influences on policy at local, national and international levels. It examines the internationalization of adult education and emphasizes the emergence of different dimensions of professionalism in adult education.

This volume places the development of the Joint Module «Comparative Studies in Adult Education and Lifelong Learning» (COMPALL) in the context of international development in higher education and adult education. Based on this framework, the authors discuss the development of the joint module in terms of its institutional and didactical structure as well as participants’ motivation and diversity. The book is divided into three parts: (1) Internationalisation in Higher Education, (2) Internationalisation of Higher Education: The Case of Adult Education, and (3) Internationalisation of Higher Education: The Example of ­COMPALL.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 216 pp., 7 ill., 6 tables

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 202 pp., 7 ill., 11 tables

Studien zur Pädagogik, Andragogik und Gerontagogik / Studies in Pedagogy, Andragogy, and Gerontagogy. Vol. 69

Studien zur Pädagogik, Andragogik und Gerontagogik / Studies in Pedagogy, Andragogy, and Gerontagogy. Vol. 71

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67875-6 CHF 51.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.– / £ 33.60 / US-$ 54.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-73625-8 CHF 47.– / €D 39.95 / €A 41.10 / € 37.40 / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-07046-0 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.40 / € 42.– / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-73641-8 CHF 49.– / €D 44.95 / €A 44.90 / € 37.40 / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95

eBook (SUL)

New York, 2018. XVI, 278 pp. Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 360 hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4865-1

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3105-9 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4539-1810-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


16

Education

Matthew Farber

Game-Based Learning in Action How an Expert Affinity Group Teaches With Games How are expert educators using games in their classrooms to give students agency, while also teaching twenty-first century skills, like empathy, systems thinking, and design thinking? This question has motivated Matthew Farber’s Game-Based Learning in Action: How an Expert Affinity Group Teaches With Games showcasing how one affinity group of K12 educators—known as «The Tribe»—teaches with games. They are transformational leaders outside the classroom, in communities of practice. They mentor and lead newcomers to gamebased learning, as well as advise game developers, academics, and policymakers. Teachers in «The Tribe» do not teach in isolation—they share, support, and mentor each other in a community of practice. Farber shares his findings about the social practices of these educators. Game-Based Learning in Action details how the classrooms of expert game-based learning teachers function, from how they rollout games to how they assess learning outcomes. There are plenty of lessons to be learned from the best practices of expert educators. These teachers use games to provide a shared meaningful experience for students. Games are often the focal point of instruction. Featuring a foreword from James Paul Gee (Mary Lou Fulton Presidential Professor of Literacy Studies, and Regents’ Professor), this book comments on promises and challenges of game-based learning in twenty-first century classrooms. If you are looking to innovate your classroom with playful and gameful learning practices, then Game-Based Learning in Action is for you!

Belinda Bustos Flores • Ellen Riojas Clark (eds.)

Joseph E. Flynn, Jr.

White Fatigue

Despertando el Ser Transforming Latino Teachers’ Identities, Consciousness, and Beliefs This collection of essays presents a theoretically grounded and research-based process in which the multiple facets of self are explored. While these facets have been studied in the literature using universal theories, Despertando el Ser posits that it is important to generate our own epistemological understandings grounded in the lived experience of Latina/o educators. Moving away from majoritarian perspectives of teacher personal development, using a sociocultural and critical theory kaleidoscopic lens, this book critically examines the notion of Latino teacher identities and other facets of self. Despertando el Ser theorizes that a Latino teacher’s identity is an intersection between the personal and professional selves consisting of ethnic/cultural identities, consciousness, beliefs, and motives for teaching. Presented in Despertando el Ser is an awakening of self as an ethnic/cultural being, exploring positionality and consciousness, and unearthing our beliefs about learning and teaching. Using varied methodologies, this book provides chapters in which the facets of self are uncovered and explored within diverse educational contexts. Each chapter provides questions to assist the reader to engage in critical reflection. This book can be used for teacher candidates, teachers in practice, teacher educators, and researchers.

Rethinking Resistance for Social Justice White Fatigue: Rethinking Resistance for Social Justice explores how, despite the pleas and research of critical scholars, what passes for multicultural education in schools is often promotion of human relations and tolerance rather than a sustained critical examination of how race and racism shape social, political, economic, and educational opportunities for various groups, both historically and currently. Simultaneously, our nation’s social mores have changed over time and millions of White Americans find racism morally reprehensible. This book illustrates that despite that shift, it is not uncommon to experience White Americans—in classrooms and other spaces—struggling to understand how racism functions. This struggle is often talked about as White resistance, White guilt, and White fragility. White fatigue is an idea that helps explain and differentiate this struggle for better understanding among White folks who feel racism is wrong but do not yet have an understanding of how racism functions. White Fatigue: Rethinking Resistance for Social Justice ultimately argues that if we are to advance our national conversation on race, educators must be willing to define reactions to conversations about race with more nuances, lest we alienate potential allies, accomplices, and leaders in the fight against racial injustice.

New York, 2017. XVIII, 202 pp., 2 b/w ill., 7 tables Critical Studies of Latinxs in the Americas. Vol. 11

New York, 2018. XVI, 238 pp., 12 b/w ill. New Literacies and Digital Epistemologies. Vol. 80

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3367-1

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

New York, 2018. XX, 178 pp. Social Justice Across Contexts in Education. Vol. 8

ISBN 978-1-4331-4474-5 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3366-4 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4501-8 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL)

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4471-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-5026-5 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-5027-2

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95


17

Education

Mark A. Frederick • Pietro A. Sasso • José Miguel Maldonado (eds.)

The Dynamic Student Development Meta-Theory A New Model for Student Success The Dynamic Student Development Metatheodel (DSDM) is a meta-theory based on empirically based inferences drawn from a national survey entitled the University Learning Outcomes Assessment (UniLOA). The UniLOA’s current dataset consists of over 500,000 college student participants and has supported impressive findings that allow for the reconceptualization of long-held cultural artifacts and assumptions regarding the way students grow, learn, and develop (GLD) and how decision makers within postsecondary education have selected to engage the domains of student development measured by the UniLOA. This book champions a model of student success. The DSDM was developed from common factors identified in multiple theories and models within the areas of human and student development as well as empirically based theories and models of education. By first defining complementary elements within the theories and models then establishing accurate operational definitions, the planning and engagement of appropriate services, supports, interventions, and programs (SSIPs) and the active assessment of their outcomes can lead to a more effective response to current challenges faced by higher educators. As a metamodel, the DSDM reconceptualizes student success within higher education that is disruptive to the current accepted paradigm of student learning and engagement.

Kay Fuller • Judith Harford (eds.)

David A. Gamson • Emily M. Hodge (eds.)

Gender and Leadership in Education

The Shifting Landscape of the American School District

Women Achieving Against the Odds, 2nd Edition

Race, Class, Geography, and the Perpetual Reform of Local Control, 1935–2015

The under-representation of women in leadership positions in educational settings is a widely acknowledged, complex phenomenon that seems to persist, despite the fact that teaching as a profession is dominated by women. Over recent decades, scholars have investigated the factors contributing towards this under-representation, with a particular focus on the personal, organisational and social/cultural levels. This volume has been compiled in honour of Marianne Coleman, Emeritus Reader in Educational Leadership and Management at the Institute of Education, University College London. She is widely regarded as one of the most significant scholars globally in the field of gender and educational leadership, forging the research agenda and mentoring some of the scholars who contribute essays here. Amongst the key questions the book asks are: Why does society continue to accept male leaders as the norm? What barriers do women who seek leadership positions face? What supports do women require in order to encourage them to pursue leadership positions? How do women working in leadership positions conceive of their role as leaders? How might women’s educational leadership be best supported at an institutional level?

The Shifting Landscape of the American School District offers a new perspective on the American school district. The educational system of the United States has long been characterized by its tradition of local control, and the district has symbolized community involvement in education. Scholars have written insightful studies on individual city systems and school districts, but rarely has the district—as an organizational form itself—been the subject of scrutiny, and Americans have continued to take the district for granted as the primary unit of local schooling. In recent years reformers have also built many of their innovations upon the belief that it is the traditional, bureaucratic, hierarchical district that requires overhaul. The Shifting Landscape of the American School District seeks to challenge that perception. The editors argue that the pervasive view of district history—the notion that the school district is a holdover from the progressive reforms of the early twentieth century—has shrouded a fascinating story of the ways in which districts have evolved, innovated, and reacted in response to state and federal mandates, national reform movements, demographic shifts, desegregation, structural/organizational changes, and a shifting political climate.

New York, 2018. XXX, 410 pp., 7 b/w ill., 9 tables

New York, 2018. XXII, 244 pp., 13 b/w ill., 18 tables

Adolescent Cultures, School, and Society. Vol. 69

History of Schools and Schooling. Vol. 62

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3418-0

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

Oxford, 2018. VIII, 298 pp., 1 diagram

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3396-1

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3417-3 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-78874-259-7 CHF 39.– / €D 33.95 / €A 34.– / € 30.90 / £ 25.– / US-$ 37.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4517-9 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78874-260-3 CHF 41.– / €D 36.95 / €A 37.10 / € 30.90 / £ 25.– / US-$ 37.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-3395-4 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4425-7

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


18

Education

Jean-Luc Gilles (ed.)

Conra D. Gist (ed.)

Thomas G. Grenham (ed.)

Linking Research and Training in Internationalization of Teacher Education with the PEERS Program: Issues, Case Studies and Perspectives

Portraits of Anti-racist Alternative Routes to Teaching in the U.S.

Transformative Education in Contemporary Ireland

The PEERS program proposes international exchanges adapted to the context of teacher training institutions wishing to take advantage of internationalization in order to link training, research, and practice. PEERS is based on the completion of Research and Innovation (R&I) projects during the academic year, during which international groups of professors and students from teacher training partner institutions collaborate remotely as well as during two placements of one week. For the students, the PEERS program aims to develop competencies in distance collaboration with the help of Information and Communication Technology (ICT), the management of intercultural groups, and the continuous improvement of their activities through reflective thinking and the spirit of research. For the professors the PEERS program aims to better link research and training, to reinforce their skills in the management of international research projects and to foster opportunities for international publications.

Framing Teacher Development for Community, Justice, and Visionaries Portraits of Anti-racist Alternative Routes to Teaching in the U.S.: Framing Teacher Development for Community, Justice, and Visionaries portrays how a critical teacher development framework for Teachers of Color can be applied to alternative routes to teaching and professional development program initiatives to actualize commitments to communities, social justice and visionaries. The types of antiracist structures, vehicles for justice, tailored and responsive preparation, and communitybased partnerships and leadership identified by program initiatives provide a sketch of possibilities for school principals, policymakers, community organizers, teacher education programs, and district personnel to work together as key stakeholders to begin challenging and dismantling systems of oppression that restrict the recruitment and retention of Teachers of Color in schools. Portraits of Anti-racist Alternative Routes to Teaching in the U.S. compels us to stir up a radical imagination to strengthen communities, work for justice, and grow visionaries.

Leadership, Justice, Service Contemporary Ireland is undergoing a radical shift in its sense of national identity, as the traditional narratives that shaped its past have come under intense scrutiny. The essays gathered here investigate the impact of different forms of education on Irish culture, society, politics, religion and economic success. While education for the knowledge economy has been prioritized across funding agendas, this book focuses on exploring education as a transformative enterprise that supports the personal and intellectual development of the learner. The volume brings together diverse perspectives on the role of education in the areas of leadership, social justice and service in the community. Challenging the current prioritization of a vision of education that primarily serves the interests of the economy, the contributors explore the social, political and personal value of transformative education.

New York, 2017. XIV, 156 pp., 9 tables, 9 b/w ill. Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 104 Bern, 2017. 371 pp., 11 b/w ill., 23 tables

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2789-2

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

Oxford, 2018. XIV, 350 pp., 2 fig.

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-2977-4 CHF 45.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.60 / € 36.– / £ 30.– / US-$ 43.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2788-5 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-0343-2978-1 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.20 / € 36.– / £ 30.– / US-$ 43.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4606-0 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78707-635-8 CHF 74.– / €D 70.95 / €A 71.20 / € 59.30 / £ 48.– / US-$ 72.95

ISBN 978-3-0343-1949-2 CHF 74.– / €D 63.95 / €A 65.20 / € 59.30 / £ 48.– / US-$ 72.95


19

Education

Claudia Grümpel • Analía Cuadrado Rey (eds.)

A Plurilingual Corpus on Telecollaboration in Third Languages

Judith Harford (ed.)

Daniel R. Heischman

Education for All?

What Schools Teach Us about Religious Life

The Legacy of Free Post-Primary Education in Ireland

Second Edition

This book, commissioned to mark the fiftieth anniversary of the introduction of free postprimary education in Ireland, examines its origins, legacy and impact. The contributions are written by a range of scholars internationally recognized for their expertise in the fields of history of education, sociology of education, education policy and curriculum. Collectively, they theorize both the historical context for the introduction of free education as well as the impact of the initiative on the promotion of equality of opportunity. The book takes a long view, bringing new knowledge to the field by analysing previously unexamined primary sources, drawing on up-to-date research on educational disadvantage and assessing the changing emphases of Irish educational policy over time.

The second edition of What Schools Teach Us About Religious Life continues to explore the ways in which private education in the United States mirrors the growing complexity and fluidity of religious life in the United States. Through the study of ten different private schools—representing a wide variety of religious traditions as well as some secular institutions—a picture of contemporary culture, and the place of religious belief within the culture, emerges. Each chapter of this second edition of What Schools Teach Us About Religious Life contains a different picture of how individual schools then address that culture.

Telecollaboration in Education. Vol. 5

Oxford, 2018. XII, 248 pp., 2 b/w ill., 8 tables, 8 fig.

New York, 2018. X, 178 pp.

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-2792-3 CHF 73.– / €D 62.95 / €A 64.90 / € 59.– / £ 48.– / US-$ 71.95

hb.

ISBN 978-1-78874-242-9 CHF 85.– / €D 72.95 / €A 74.70 / € 67.90 / £ 55.– / US-$ 82.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-0343-2793-0 CHF 77.– / €D 69.95 / €A 70.80 / € 59.– / £ 48.– / US-$ 71.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78874-272-6 CHF 85.– / €D 80.95 / €A 81.50 / € 67.90 / £ 55.– / US-$ 82.95

eBook (SUL)

Telecollaboration has been applied in foreign language education for more than two decades. This corpus study on telecollaboration in Third Language Learning has been carried out in institutional (CEFR) and non-institutional settings following the principle of autonomy in the framework of Higher Education implementing online tandems and student recordings in order to analyze discourse patterns. The chapters of this issue are original studies on corpus data of the L3Task project reflecting findings and new research paradigms and instruments that consolidate teaching and research methodology on online tandem practice for third language ­learning.

Bern, 2018. 226 pp., 3 coloured fig., 42 tables, 2 graphs

ISBN 978-1-4331-3520-0 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4296-3

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


20

Education

Ludovic Highman

Gloria Graves Holmes

Hans Jansen • Hugo Letiche (eds.)

The European Union’s Modernisation Agenda for Higher Education and the Case of Ireland

Justice in Search of Leaders

Post-formalism, Pedagogy Lives

A Handbook for Equity-Driven School Leadership

As Inspired by Joe L. Kincheloe

The book sets out to offer a national perspective on the complex changes occurring in European higher education systems. The Lisbon European Council (2000) set an ambitious target for the Union to become «the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world» with important ramifications for higher education systems and institutions, because of the key role they play in driving innovation and producing knowledge. How this objective at the European Union (EU) level has been understood and implemented at Member State level will be the focus of this book. Higher education in several countries is at a crossroads, at both macro (system structure) and micro (institutional) levels. Several EU Member States have already embarked on major reforms pertaining to organisational and structural issues (Germany, 20052007; Finland, 2010; France, 2008; Ireland, 2011). A striking feature is the number of reforms happening across Europe, as well as the use of common priorities and policies within European countries’ reform agendas, including differentiation. The system level will be the primary angle for an in-depth study of documentary evidence for preserving a diversity of higher education institutions and the latter’s implications for the organisation of the Irish higher education system. However, the institutional level cannot be disassociated from the system level, of which it is an inherent part. Higher education institutions are the building blocks of a higher education system and therefore this study will examine the perspectives of both policy-makers and institutional representatives.

Justice in Search of Leaders: A Handbook for Equity-Driven School Leadership is a guide for educators who are committed to equity-driven teaching, leading, and policy-making, and would like to operationalize socially just school practices for all children. Moving beyond a heroes and holidays approach to addressing racism, bias, injustice, and a cluster of isms, it provides a deeper understanding of the causes of structural inequities in schools, and suggests approaches for deconstructing them. The book includes a frank discussion of race, racism, social dominance, and implicit bias, and encourages both objective and subjective analyses of how they infect school practice. America’s ambivalent response to race, racial identity development, the nature of prejudice, and how humans form values and develop belief systems is explored in some depth. There is also a critique of Whiteness as a socio-political concept as it relates to power and privilege, and as a demographic reality as it relates to institutional discrimination in schools.

New York, 2018. XX, 324 pp. 8 tables Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 516 Bruxelles, 2017. 272 pp. College of Europe Studies. Vol. 20

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2722-9

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

Joe L. Kincheloe (1950–2008) was one of North America’s leading critical pedagogy scholars. He defined post-formalist thought in terms of deconstruction, affectivity, and non-linearity. His deconstruction focused on the context of ideas, ideologies, and teaching. It was a form of sociological deconstruction, and as such, inspired by Derrida, but different from him as well. In effect, Kincheloe was trying to marry Derrida to Foucault by making deconstruction see power in thought, relationships, and the world. Kincheloe’s ‘turn to affect’ was inspired by feminism and radical pedagogy. It was ‘affect’ focused on (in)justice and the social practices of repression. His ‘self-other’ construct was inherently politicized by his identification of ‘unfreedom’ with capitalism and the assumption that this link determines affect. Kincheloe assumed that linear rationality was inadequate to understanding human needs and hopes. Freedom as dynamism was seen to be inherently non-linear. The prison of rationality (it can only repeat the same, over and over again) was the crux of his critique of Newtonian-Cartesian linearity. Kincheloe attempted to construct a concept of ‘place’—such as the classroom. But it was a particular, concrete classroom and not an abstract or theoretical one. Here, the three concepts could come together. ‘Place’ is context, and to understand it, deconstruction is needed. ‘Place’ exists as it is felt and requires affectivity; it is eventful, alive, and dynamic. It requires non-linearity to be understood. Postformalism, Pedagogy Lives (in memory of Kincheloe’s contribution) encompasses each of the basic principles of Kincheloe’s post-formal thought. New York, 2017. XIV, 206 pp., 8 b/w ill.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0614-2 CHF 55.– / €D 46.95 / €A 48.40 / € 44.– / £ 36.– / US-$ 53.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2721-2 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4410-3 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0615-9

CHF 58.– / €D 51.95 / €A 52.80 / € 44.– / £ 36.– / US-$ 53.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4860-6

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4409-7 CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95


21

Education

Manuel Jiménez Raya • Terry Lamb • Flávia Vieira

Mapping Autonomy in Language Education A Framework for Learner and Teacher Development

Tavis D. Jules • Patrick Ressler (eds.)

Annelies Kamp • Majella McSharry (eds.)

Re-Reading Education Policy and Practice in Small States

Re/Assembling the Pregnant and Parenting Teenager

Issues of Size and Scale in the Emerging «Intelligent Society and Economy»

Narratives from the field(s)

This book proposes a comprehensible, context-sensitive and flexible framework for the development of pedagogy for autonomy in language education. The «framework» metaphor highlights the effort to identify structuring elements in the authors’ stance towards pedagogy for autonomy, which fall into three domains -the context, the learner, and the teacher. In each domain, the authors raise ethical, conceptual and practical issues that are crucial to their perspective and offer a basis for reflection on learner and teacher development towards learner and teacher autonomy. The book proposes a common definition for learner and teacher autonomy within a vision of education as transformation and empowerment. Pedagogy for autonomy is operationalized through a set of ten general principles.

The volume is concerned with educational developments in small and microstates, a topic that has only relatively recently started to attract the attention it deserves. It is guided by the questions (i) if and how small and microstates deal with policy challenges to their education systems that are particularly important for their future development and (ii) whether there is something like typical «small / microstate behavior.» The volume seeks to contribute to a genuinely comparative approach to education in small and microstates. Moreover, widening conventional definitions of smallness, it aims to advance research in the field not only in a thematic but also in a theoretical perspective. Overall, the volume seeks to expand our understanding of small and microstates – and by implication of big states as well –, especially regarding what is general and what is particular about their behavior.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017, 158 pp., 3 fig., 9 tables

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 284 pp.

Foreign Language Teaching in Europe. Vol. 16

Comparative Studies Series . Vol. 27

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67360-7

ISBN 978-3-631-62751-8

CHF 29.– / €D 24.95 / €A 25.70 / € 23.40 / £ 19.– / US-$ 28.95

CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72220-6 CHF 31.– / €D 27.95 / €A 28.10 / € 23.40 / £ 20.– / US-$ 28.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-02633-7 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

In 2003, Wendy Luttrell posed an important question: what might result if we were able to turn questions of judgement about pregnant and parenting teenagers into questions of interest about their sense of self and identitymaking? This book takes up the challenge, offering a re/assemblage of what is, can be and perhaps should be known about teenage pregnancy and parenting in the context of the twenty-first century. The collection presents original contributions from leading commentators in four key contexts: the United States of America, the United Kingdom, Aotearoa New Zealand and the Republic of Ireland, all sites of elevated incidence of and/or concern around what is commonly articulated as the «problem» of teenage pregnancy and parenting. In offering a multi-disciplinary reading of the narratives of young men and women, this volume engages with the ambiguity shared by all of us in confronting the life transition that is pregnancy and parenting.

Oxford, 2018. XIV, 310 pp. hb.

ISBN 978-1-78707-180-3

CHF 93.– / €D 79.95 / €A 81.50 / € 74.10 / £ 60.– / US-$ 90.95 also available as Open Access


22

Education

Barry Kanpol • Mary Poplin (eds.)

Christianity and the Secular Border Patrol The Loss of Judeo-Christian Knowledge Christianity and the Secular Border Patrol: The Loss of Judeo-Christian Knowledge centrally looks at how secular universities have dominated academic knowledge on the one hand and have also been a part of bias against Christian academics on the other. Authors generally ask for borders of understanding and collegial dialogue to bridge gaps of knowledge that exist because of this bias. Theoretical analysis and narratives from the field describe how overcoming extreme theoretical positions may allow for productive knowledge construction and a more harmonious relationship within the culture wars of our times, especially in higher education.

New York, 2017. XIV, 222 pp., 1 fig., 3 tables

Bernd Käpplinger • Steffi Robak • Marion Fleige • Aiga von Hippel • Wiltrud Gieseke (eds.)

Cultures of Program Planning in Adult Education Concepts, Research Results and Archives This book is a unique approach in relating mutually international and comparative research from scholars on program planning for adults. Program planning is about needs, finding topics, making offers and bundling different contents. It makes organizations of adult education visible and contributes to their existence and is therefore a core activity of the professionals in adult education. The volume originates from an international conference hosted by Leibniz-University Hannover, which was organized by a plural expert group with key actors at Humboldt-University Berlin and the German Institute for Adult Education. The authors demonstrate the unique research method program analysis and present archives which offer an established infrastructure for heterogeneous research questions.

Richard Kent

A Guide to Creating Student-Staffed Writing Centers, Grades 6–12 Revised Edition A Guide to Creating Student-Staffed Writing Centers, Grades 6–12, Revised Edition is a howto and, ultimately, a why-to book for middle school and high school educators as well as for English/language arts teacher candidates and their methods instructors. This revised and updated International Writing Centers Association 2006 Book of the Year shows writing centers as places where writers work with each other in an effort to develop ideas, discover a thesis, overcome procrastination, create an outline, or revise a draft. Ultimately, writing centers help students become more effective writers. Visit any college or university in the United States and chances are there is a writing center available to students, staff, and community members. Writing centers support students and busy teachers while emphasizing and supporting writing across the curriculum.

Critical Education and Ethics. Vol. 9

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 283 pp., 19 b/w graps., 15 b/w tables

hb.

Studies in Pedagogy, Andragogy, and Gerontagogy. Vol. 70

New York, 2017. XXII, 208 pp., 42 b/w ill., 2 tables

ISBN 978-1-4331-3274-2 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67060-6 CHF 57.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 37.– / US-$ 60.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06282-3 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-3275-9

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4323-6

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3056-4 CHF 41.– / €D 35.95 / €A 36.70 / € 33.30 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4008-2

CHF 44.– / €D 39.95 / €A 40.– / € 33.30 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95


23

Education

Tim Kinard • Jesse Gainer • Mary Esther Soto Huerta

Steven Kniffley Jr. • Ernest Brown Jr. • Bryan Davis

Power Play

Out of K.O.S. (Knowledge of Self)

Explorando y empujando fronteras en una escuela en Tejas through a multilingual play-based early learning curriculum

Black Masculinity, Psychopathology, and Treatment

Power Play tells the story of activist teachers and the very young together in a play-based curriculum in a public school in Texas. The authors narrate (with playful interruptions) a curriculum that is powered by the students’ lived encounters—the languages, landscapes, beliefs, histories, geographies, politics, economies, ideas, people, things, matter, and matters of fact and fiction that students carry with them to school, that carry them to school, through school, through their lives.

Out of K.O.S. (Knowledge of Self): Black Masculinity, Psychopathology, and Treatment provides a comprehensive analysis of the development of racialized masculinity in Black males. This text explores the current theories related to gender development and racial identity development and their impact on the formation and expression of Black masculinity. Specifically, this text investigates the intersection between Black masculinity development, racial identity, and race-related traumas/stressors. Out of K.O.S. (Knowledge of Self): Black Masculinity, Psychopathology, and Treatment highlights the dual experience of social oppression and cultural identity suppression as the catalyst for the formation of unintegrated Black masculinity, and its subsequent influence on Black male mental health. Lastly, this book provides a comprehensive discussion concerning therapist variables and clinical interventions that can be helpful when working with Black males in a clinical setting.

Michele Knobel • Colin Lankshear (eds.)

Researching New Literacies Design, Theory, and Data in Sociocultural Investigation This book provides an expansive guide for designing and conducting robust qualitative research across a diverse range of purposes concerned with understanding new literacies in theory and in practice. It is based on the idea that one of the best ways of learning how to do good research is by closely following the approaches taken by excellent researchers. This volume brings together a group of internationally reputed qualitative researchers who have investigated new literacies from a sociocultural perspective. These contributors offer «under the hood» accounts of how they have adapted existing research approaches and, where appropriate, developed new ones to frame their research theoretically and conceptually, collected and analyzed their data, and discussed their analytic results in order to achieve their research purposes. Each chapter, based on a substantial and successful study undertaken by the researchers, addresses the research process from one or more of the following emphases: theory and design, data collection, and data analysis and interpretation. Core elements discussed in each chapter include research purposes and questions; theoretical and conceptual framing; data collection and analysis; research findings and implications; and limitations, glitches, and difficulties experienced in the research process.

New York, 2018. XX, 242 pp.

New York, 2018. VIII, 168 pp.

New York, 2017. X, 254 pp.

Childhood Studies. Vol. 4

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 86

New Literacies and Digital Epistemologies. Vol. 76

hb.

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3415-9

ISBN 978-1-4331-3171-4

ISBN 978-1-4331-3146-2

CHF 139.– / €D 123.40 / €A 126.90 / € 115.35 / £ 92.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3414-2 CHF 36.– / €D 32.– / €A 32.90 / € 29.95 / £ 24.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3170-7 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4539-1693-3 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4539-1649-0 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4520-9

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3145-5 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


24

Education

Oscar Koopman

Science Education and Pedagogy in South Africa Science Education and Pedagogy in South Africa is a contemporary contribution that entices science teachers to ‘re-examine’ or ‘rethink’ the pedagogical strategies they use in their teaching. It offers fresh and exciting teaching approaches that explore new ways to tackle the worrisome problems of how to plan, implement, and present excellent and quality learning opportunities. From this perspective the book is also a driver to enhance, promote, and accelerate learner performance in science education, given the many challenges that plague the subject. Science Education and Pedagogy in South Africa paves the way for researchers, postgraduate science education scholars, as well as pre-service and inservice science teachers to become empowered in their professional growth and development in search of appropriate pedagogies for a multicultural classroom.

New York, 2018. XXIV, 220 pp., 6 b/w ill., 13 tables Complicated Conversation. A Book Series of Curriculum Studies. Vol. 51 hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4808-8

Mirka Koro-Ljungberg • Teija Löytönen • Marek Tesar (eds.)

Disrupting Data in Qualitative Inquiry Entanglements with the Post-Critical and Post-Anthropocentric Disrupting Data in Qualitative Inquiry: Entanglements with the Post-Critical and Post-Anthropocentric expands qualitative researchers’ notions of data and exemplifies scholars’ different encounters and interactions with data. In Disrupting Data in Qualitative Inquiry data has become an exploratory project which pays close attention to data’s numerous variations, manifestations, and theoretical connections. This book is targeted to serve advanced graduate level methodological, inquiry, and research-creation courses across different disciplines.

Tim Kubik

Unprepared for What We Learned Six Action Research Exercises That Challenge the Ends We Imagine for Education Unprepared for What We Learned: Six Action Research Exercises that Challenge the Ends We Imagine for Education explores how twentieth century models of education are not delivering on their promises, or helping to deliver the promise of the next generation. We hear that our students are not prepared, and that our teachers must not be prepared to teach those students. Managing preparation has become an obsession for policy-makers who claim that national competitiveness is at stake. After more than one hundred years everything is well managed, yet no one is prepared. This preparatory mindset presumes that learners must be prepared before they can participate in society, and that this preparation must be managed intentionally using models, an implementation plan, and a system for assessing and evaluating the impact of those models. It’s biggest failing is that those with the greatest stake, our young and adult learners, no longer recognize it as an effective model. Empowered by digital technologies, learners today are no longer willing to wait to be prepared. We seek experiences for which we are unprepared for what we’ll learn.

New York, 2017. XVIII, 232 pp., 10 b/w ill. Post-Anthropocentric Inquiry. Vol. 1 hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3338-1

New York, 2018. XIV, 194 pp. Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 519

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4804-0 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3337-4 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4809-5 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4234-5 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-5235-1 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4739-5 CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95


25

Education

Virginia Lea • Darren E. Lund • Paul R. Carr (eds.)

Critical Multicultural Perspectives on Whiteness Views from the Past and Present Whiteness is a narrative. It is the privileged dimension of the complex story of «race» that was, and continues to be, seminal in shaping the socio-economic structure and cultural climate of the United States and other Western nations. Without acknowledging this story, it is impossible to understand fully the current political and social contexts in which we live. Critical Multicultural Perspectives on Whiteness explores multiple analyses of whiteness, drawing on both past and current key sources to tell the story in a more comprehensive way. This book features both iconic essays that address the social construction of whiteness and critical resistance as well as excellent new critical perspectives.

Audrey Lensmire • Anna Schick (eds.)

Thomas Lubben

(Re)narrating Teacher Identity

The Charter School Wars

Telling Truths and Becoming Teachers

Insight from a Charter School Innovator

With surprising candor, the authors of (Re)narrating Teacher Identity: Telling Truths and Becoming Teachers crack open what it means to become and be a teacher in the twenty-first century United States. In an effort to dig deeper into the challenge of teaching, four new teachers engaged in a summer writers workshop. Drawing from the work of Barbara Kamler (2001), the teachers used artifacts such as school graffiti and text messages to «reposition» and (re)narrate their identities as teachers. In braving truth-telling, the authors built a collective well-being. These stories are an important resource for novice teachers, experienced teachers, and teacher educators alike for disrupting dominant teacher narratives and moving towards alternatives.

Educational reform has been a topic of scholarly conversation for a long time, but little significant movement toward action has been made. Charter schools were discussed in varied forms throughout the 1980s, but it was not until 1991 that the State of Minnesota put charter school law into practice. Thomas Lubben entered the charter school world in 1996 when the State of Pennsylvania was in the process of discussing its law that was passed the same year. The Charter School Wars closely follows the personal life of a lifelong educator as he negotiated the political and personal steps involved in creating a school from nothing. The first several chapters focus on the obstacles and pitfalls that the author faced during the seven-year struggle to create a charter high school based on the creative and performing arts. Later chapters focus on the expansion of this proven artistic model into additional schools. Lubben compliments the personal narrative with a chapter, «A Charter School Primer,» that focuses on the critical elements needed to open a charter school. Charter school parents, teachers, administrators, and enthusiasts will find this book an interesting and poignant read as they navigate their way through the charter school landscape.

New Yorkaw, 2018. XIV, 376 pp., 4 ill., 2 tables Critical Multicultural Perspectives on Whiteness. Vol. 5

New York, 2017. XXII, 102 pp. Social Justice Across Contexts in Education. Vol. 6

New York, 2017. X, 130 pp.

hb.

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2151-7

ISBN 978-1-4331-3499-9

ISBN 978-1-4331-4166-9

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2150-0 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3498-2 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4034-1 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4167-6 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4400-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4170-6 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95


26

Education

Antonina Lukenchuk (ed.)

Fernando Marhuenda-Fluixá (ed.)

Olwyn E. Mark

Outliving Your Dissertation

Vocational Education beyond Skill Formation

Educating for Sexual Virtue

A Guide for Students and Faculty This guide focuses on the dissertation work as a step-by-step process and details the structure and the content of dissertation chapters. Unique to this edition is its conception of the dissertation in optimistic, realistic, and symbolic terms, which altogether provide theoretical basis and practical advice to students who are beginning their dissertation process. The guide features the personal accounts of doctoral students who have gone through the experience, which makes this edition stand out among other similar books on the market. Dissertation is the work of a laborer, a craftsman, and an artist. Long hours of hard labor with our hands and head go into developing ideas, planning, and implementing research projects such as dissertations. But what ultimately drives our academic pursuits and, therefore makes them successful and enjoyable is inspiration that sets our hearts on fire and makes it impossible not to venture on the journey. The uncharted territories of the dissertation process – life events and happenings – make the path toward the highest academic degree attainment both exciting and challenging. Just like life itself with its unplanned and unpredictable twists and turns, the dissertation journey requires strength of character and an unwavering faith in one’s self and in the ultimate value of the pursuit of knowledge. So, why merely survive? Let’s enjoy the dissertation journey!

VET between Civic, Industrial and Market Tensions Vocational education and training has played an important role in the struggles between Work and Capital along history and today; there are examples of such tensions worldwide. The first section of this book provides illustrations of different countries from the 18th to the early 20th century. The authors explain and exemplify the education of the workforce and its political engagement, contributing to the formation of the working class. The chapters provide relevant approaches to how young apprentices and adult workers developed a class consciousness through vocational education. The second section illustrates practices of resistance and transformation within policies and practices of vocational education nowadays in Central and Southern Europe and South America, addressing the needs of people with disabilities and dispossessed populations. The final section analyses how theories and policies intertwine resulting in the idiosyncrasy of vocational education practices across the world, through tensions between logics and institutional actors. The book addresses the political dimensions of Vocational Education and problematizes its mere consideration as an instrumental tool in skill ­formation.

A Moral Vision for Relationships and Sex Education Relationships and Sex Education (RSE) is an issue surrounded by controversy and debate, with important implications for the interconnected roles of the state, the school and the home and for the way we understand ourselves, our sexual identity and our personal relationships. This book charts the development of the moral and spiritual narrative in RSE policy in England. In particular, it expounds and critiques the popular moral narrative of «informed choice»: an approach which advocates providing young people with the maximum amount of information around their sexual choices and defends a view of sexual morality which holds that anything goes, as long as it is in private, between consenting adults and harms no-one else. Alongside a comprehensive critique of this narrative, the book offers a unique contribution to the ongoing development of the moral and spiritual framework of RSE by presenting a Christian vision of a sexually and relationally educated young person. In particular, this enriched vision explores the cultivation of the virtues of Christian love and chastity. The findings presented here are highly significant for anyone concerned with developing and delivering RSE within a robust moral framework.

New York, 2017. XXXII, 210 pp. Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 428 hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3202-5

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 pb.

Bern, 2017. 439 pp., 24 b/w ill., 7 b/w tables Studies in Vocational and Continuing Education. Vol. 15

Oxford, 2018. XII, 242 pp. Religion, Education and Values. Vol. 12

ISBN 978-1-4331-3201-8 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-2806-7 CHF 108.– / €D 92.95 / €A 95.70 / € 87.– / £ 71.– / US-$ 104.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-0343-2807-4 CHF 114.– / €D 103.95 / €A 104.40 / € 87.– / £ 71.– / US-$ 104.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78874-097-5 CHF 65.– / €D 58.95 / €A 59.30 / € 49.40 / £ 40.– / US-$ 60.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3796-9

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-78707-128-5 CHF 62.– / €D 52.95 / €A 54.40 / € 49.40 / £ 40.– / US-$ 60.95


27

Education

Serie McDougal III

Research Methods in Africana Studies | Revised Edition The revised edition of Research Methods in Africana Studies is a major contribution to the discipline of Africana studies and social science involving people of African descent in general. The first edition was the first of its kind, offering instruction on how to conduct culturally relevant critical research on Africana communities in the American context, in addition to the African diaspora. The revised edition contains a collection of the most widely used theories and paradigms designed for exploring, explaining, and advancing Africana communities through science. The relevance, strengths, and weaknesses of every major method of data collection are explained as they relate to the lived experiences of the Black world. It stands alone as the only textbook that details empirical methods in the service of the collective advancement of Africana peoples.

New York, 2017. XX, 408 pp. Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 97

Christopher McMaster • Caterina Murphy • Jakob Rosenkrantz de Lasson (eds.)

Christopher McMaster • Caterina Murphy • Benjamin Whitburn • Inger Mewburn (eds.)

The Nordic PhD

Postgraduate Study in Australia

Surviving and Succeeding

Surviving and Succeeding

The Nordic PhD: Surviving and Succeeding is an edited book written for prospective and current doctoral students by a mix of doctoral students and those who have recently completed their doctorates. The premise is simple: if you could go back in time and talk with yourself when you began your studies, what advice would you give? Isn’t hindsight a bonus? If only I knew then what I know now! The Nordic PhD: Surviving and Succeeding follows editions focused on study in Aotearoa New Zealand, Australia, the U.K., U.S., and South Africa. What sets The Nordic PhD: Surviving and Succeeding apart from many others on the market is its down-to-earth and practical approach. Furthermore, its originality also lies in the fact that it is grounded in the context of doctoral studies in the Nordic countries.

Each contributor to this book was given the remit: «If you could go back in time to talk with yourself when you began your studies, what advice would you give?» Hindsight is such a bonus, especially, when vying for your doctorate or postgraduate degree. Postgraduate Study in Australia: Surviving and Succeeding addresses this with advice from postgraduate students and recent graduates that will assure that you are not alone in your endeavors. This project follows similar editions that focus on Aotearoa/New Zealand, South Africa, the United States, and the United Kingdom, and is currently being replicated in Scandinavia. This down-to-earth anthology shares personal stories from postgraduate students and recent graduates, employing a practical approach and focusing on the context of postgraduate studies in Australia. This first-person approach to research about postgraduate study helps curate the current understanding, with critical reflections adding to our collective knowledge. Both prospective and current postgraduate students will find this collection insightful.

New York, 2018. XVI, 162 pp., 1 table

New York, 2017. XVI, 250 pp.

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4823-1

ISBN 978-1-4331-4161-4

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3473-9 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-5004-3 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-5018-0 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL)

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4241-3

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4162-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4177-5

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


28

Education

Tanya Merriman

Elizabeth J. Meyer • Annie Pullen Sansfaçon (eds.)

Those Who Can A Handbook for Social Reconstruction and Teaching Those Who Can: A Handbook for Social Reconstruction and Teaching traces the development of a critical pedagogy within one educator’s personal history, and examines the implications of critical pedagogy from this educator’s perspective. The study draws from her years of practice and reflection, and reads as a handbook for other educators to use in the implementation of critical pedagogy. The first of four sections in Those Who Can: A Handbook for Social Reconstruction and Teaching proposes that all teachers share a set of responsibilities, and carries out an assessment of the educator’s work using these responsibilities as a benchmark. The second section considers teaching and learning from the perspective of a critical pedagogy. The third section offers possibilities for a critical pedagogy that others may use, including a school design and lesson plans. The fourth and final section includes a timeline of significant events in the history of public schools, as well as a glossary of terms and bibliography. Challenging the current trend of simplified and teacher-proof classrooms, Those Who Can: A Handbook for Social Reconstruction and Teaching concludes that social reconstruction and critical pedagogy both offer ways to meaningfully q ­ uestion the work of teaching and ways to find answers.

Supporting Transgender and Gender-Creative Youth Schools, Families, and Communities in Action Revised Edition Supporting Transgender and Gender-Creative Youth brings together cutting-edge research, social action methods, and theory on the topic of transgender youth and gender creative kids. The chapters included specifically address issues in education, social work, medicine, and counseling as well as challenges and recommendations for families and parents. It is well researched and accessible to a broad audience of individuals invested in improving the social worlds of gender diverse children and youth.

William Nesbitt (ed.)

Teaching Students with Learning Disabilities at Beacon College Lessons from the Inside Teaching Students with Learning Disabilities at Beacon College is a collection of essays written by professors and learning specialists (educational support personnel) at Beacon College, an accredited four-year institution for students with learning disabilities, ADHD, and other learning differences. The purpose of this book is to help fill the massive gap in the literature on teaching students with learning disabilities at the college level. The attrition rate of students with learning disabilities at traditional colleges and universities is very high. With a 70% four-year graduation rate, Beacon College is well-positioned to be an instructional model for other institutions. The essays discuss institutional practices, alternative teaching strategies, and personal instructor experiences.

New York, 2018. X, 190 pp. Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 507 New York, 2018. XXII, 332 pp., 6 b/w ill., 3 tables

New York, 2017. XIV, 148 pp.

Gender and Sexualities in Education. Vol. 9

American University Studies. Series 14: Education. Vol. 48

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2973-5 CHF 42.– / €D 36.95 / €A 37.60 / € 34.20 / £ 28.– / US-$ 40.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3494-4 CHF 65.– / €D 56.95 / €A 57.70 / € 52.50 / £ 42.– / US-$ 62.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4966-5 CHF 45.– / €D 40.95 / €A 41.– / € 34.20 / £ 28.– / US-$ 40.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4969-6

CHF 118.– / €D 102.95 / €A 105.40 / € 95.80 / £ 77.– / US-$ 114.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4821-7

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3802-7 CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3803-4

CHF 98.– / €D 89.95 / €A 90.– / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95


29

Education

Órla Ní Bhroin

Noel O’Connell

Richard Ognibene (ed.)

Inclusion in Context

Belonging

Policy, Practice and Pedagogy

An Autoethnography of a Life in Sign Language

Change in Early NineteenthCentury Higher Education in New York’s Capital District

Recent years have seen a rapid policy transformation from segregation to inclusion in the education of children with special educational needs in Ireland. This book investigates how resource teachers and class teachers interpret the policy and principles of inclusion and enact these in their practice. Based on a study of nine resource teachers and nine class teachers, each paired in a particular school, it includes material from both interviews and observations of practice, providing a detailed qualitative account of the actions and interactions of teaching/learning experiences. The findings provide valuable insights into how inclusion is understood, interpreted and experienced in the classroom. They will be of interest to all those who are active in the field of education for inclusion, particularly teachers and policymakers.

This book weaves intensely personal and evocative stories into a layered autoethnographic text about the author’s experience of childhood deafness, sign language and education. Interwoven with the performative narrative are powerful stories of stigma, trauma, friendships, relationships, love, isolation and displacement. Using interpretative and reflective analysis, the author explores the storied experience of self and belonging in family and school contexts, providing both personal and theoretical perspectives on language and culture. He traces the pathways he has taken in pursuit of a true sense of belonging in society, community and place. This is an important contribution to the study of sign language, deaf education, disability and deaf health and well-being. It will be of interest to professionals and practitioners working with deaf children and parents and to students and researchers within social policy, social medicine, psychology, sociology, early childhood studies and special education.

This book on higher education institutional history is unlike any other. It is not a history of a particular school or a group of schools of the same type; instead it describes the emergence of a varied collection of higher education institutions in the same area in a specific time frame. The setting is New York’s Capital District, the cities of Albany, Troy, and Schenectady, primarily during the period from 1790 to the 1850s. Albany was settled by the Dutch in the early 1600s, and Troy and Schenectady were its frontier outposts later in that century. All three flourished because wealth from riverbased trade supported new enterprises and attracted new settlers. By 1810, Albany was one of the nation’s largest cities, and like prosperous cities anywhere, needed knowledgeable leaders and places to educate their children. Consequently, Union College was founded in Schenectady in 1795 and Albany’s Academy and Female Academy in 1813 and 1814. Emma Willard’s Female Seminary relocated to Troy in 1821, and nearby Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute opened in 1824. Growing communities also need higher quality professional services. The Capital District’s response here was Albany’s Medical College which opened in 1839, its Law School in 1851, and in 1844, the State Normal School to provide teachers for newly established common schools. This book tells the story of these schools, why they were founded, who made it happen, how they compared to similar institutions elsewhere, and their influence beyond the Capital District.

New York, 2017. X, 208 pp. History of Schools and Schooling. Vol. 61 hb.

Oxford, 2017. VI, 198 pp., 1 b/w ill., 10 tables, 3 fig.

Oxford, 2017. XII, 188 pp.

pb.

ISBN 978-1-78707-056-1 CHF 57.– / €D 48.95 / €A 50.30 / € 45.70 / £ 37.– / US-$ 55.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-1900-3 CHF 59.– / €D 50.95 / €A 51.60 / € 47.– / £ 38.– / US-$ 57.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-78707-754-6

CHF 60.– / €D 54.95 / €A 54.90 / € 45.70 / £ 37.– / US-$ 55.95

ISBN 978-1-78707-823-9 CHF 62.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.30 / € 47.– / £ 38.– / US-$ 57.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3459-3

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3458-6 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4614-5

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


30

Education

Summer Melody Pennell • Ashley S. Boyd • Hillary Parkhouse • Alison LaGarry (eds.)

Possibilities in Practice Social Justice Teaching in the Disciplines This edited collection illustrates different possibilities for social justice practice in various grade levels, disciplines, and interdisciplinary spaces in P–12 education. Chapters in this unique volume demonstrate teaching with a critical lens, helping students develop critical dispositions, encouraging civic action with students, and teaching about topics inclusive of race, class, gender, and sexuality. Based on empirical research, each contribution is rooted in a critical theoretical framework and characterizes findings from sustained study of pedagogic practice, spanning subject matter from social studies, English Language Arts, music, mathematics, and science. Through this work, both pre- and in-service teachers as well as teacher educators will be inspired to practice social justice in their own classrooms.

Michael A. Peters • Ronald Barnett (eds.)

Michael Adrian Peters • Petar Jandrić

The Idea of the University

The Digital University

A Reader, Volume 1

A Dialogue and Manifesto

The Idea of the University: A Reader, Volume 1 is a unique compilation of selected works of the major thinkers who have contributed to the discourse on the idea of the university in the German, English, American and French traditions, dating from the establishment of the University of Berlin in 1810. Readings include excerpts from Kant and Humboldt in the German tradition of Bildung through to Jaspers, Habermas and Gadamer; Newman, Arnold, Leavis and others in the British tradition; Kerr, Bok and Noble, among others, in the American tradition; and Bourdieu, Lyotard and Derrida in the French tradition. Each reading is prefaced with a brief editor’s explanatory note. The Idea of the University: A Reader, Volume 1 provides a comprehensive account of the university, and is matched by a second volume of original essays on contemporary perspectives.

The Digital University: A Dialogue and Manifesto focuses on teaching, learning, and research in the age of the digital reason and their relationships to the so-called knowledge economy. The first part of the book, ‘The University in the Epoch of Digital Reason’, presents the authors’ insights into the nature of the contemporary university. The second part, ‘Collective Intelligence and the Co-creation of Social Goods’, explores various collective ways of knowledge creation, dissemination, and education. The final part, ‘Digital Teaching, Digital Learning and Digital Science’, presents an ongoing series of one-to one dialogues between Michael Adrian Peters and Petar Jandrić about philosophy of education in the age of digital reason, relationships between learning, creative col(labor)ation, and knowledge cultures, digital reading, digital self, digital being, radical openness, creative labour, and the co-production of symbolic goods. Situated in, against, and beyond the current state of affairs, the book ends with the Digital University Manifesto, which explores what is to be done in and for a better future of the digital university.

New York, 2018. XXXIV, 694 pp. New York, 2017. XIV, 260 pp., 1 table

Global Studies in Education. Vol. 17 ISBN 978-1-4331-2191-3 CHF 139.– / €D 120.95 / €A 123.70 / € 112.50 / £ 90.– / US-$ 134.95

New York, 2018. X, 376 pp., 1 b/w ill., 1 table

ISBN 978-1-4331-4602-2 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2190-6 CHF 85.– / €D 74.95 / €A 76.10 / € 69.20 / £ 56.– / US-$ 82.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4609-1

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4610-7

CHF 60.– / €D 54.95 / €A 55.– / € 45.80 / £ 37.– / US-$ 54.95

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4539-1888-3

CHF 90.– / €D 82.95 / €A 83.– / € 69.20 / £ 56.– / US-$ 82.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4513-1 CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4514-8

CHF 119.– / €D 109.95 / €A 110.– / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95


31

Education

Damani Phillips

Erich N. Pitcher

Menah Pratt-Clarke

What Is This Thing Called Soul

Being and Becoming Professionally Other

A Black Woman’s Journey from Cotton Picking to College Professor

Conversations on Black Culture and Jazz Education How does academic jazz education impact the Black cultural value of soulfulness and esthetic standards in contemporary jazz music? Through candid conversations with nine of the country’s most highly respected jazz practitioners and teachers, What Is This Thing Called Soul explores the potential consequences of forcing the Black musical style of jazz into an academic pedagogical system that is specifically designed to facilitate the practice and pedagogy of European classical music. This work tests the belief that the cultural, emotional and esthetic elements at the very core of jazz’s unique identity, along with the music’s overt connection to Black culture, are effectively being «lost in translation» in traversing the divide between academic and non-academic jazz spheres. Each interviewee commands significant respect worldwide in the fields of jazz performance and jazz pedagogy. Noteworthy subjects include: Rufus Reid, Lewis Nash, Nicholas Payton and Wycliffe Gordon—along with the late jazz masters Marcus Belgrave and Phil Woods. Interviews are supplemented by original analysis of the nature and validity of these issues contributed by the author. What Is This Thing Called Soul offers a candid and objective look into pressing issues of race, culture and ethnic value in relation to both jazz music and jazz education. Sensitivity, marginalization and even a fear of offending others has limited open discussion of how the soul of jazz music can be lost in technical boundaries. What Is This Thing Called Soul is the first attempt to directly address such culturally urgent issues in jazz music.

Identities, Voices, and Experiences of U.S. Trans* Academics Being and Becoming Professionally Other: Identities, Voices, and Experiences of U.S. Trans* Academics is a path-clearing book that provides a rich, in-depth account of the lived experiences of 39 transgender or trans* academics. Despite increased visibility of trans* issues within higher education, college environments remain unfriendly, and in some cases, overtly hostile to trans* people. While there is much discussion of gender equity and faculty diversity, these conversations rarely include trans* academics’ voices. As a study participant described, trans* voices are often out of place at best—or worse, completely discounted in academe, a betwixt place. By not fitting into a particular mold, trans* academics experience a variety of adverse events including microaggressions, outright hostility, and exclusion. These adverse experiences create a context wherein trans* academics engage in various forms of additional labor. While not necessarily unique to trans* academics, these various forms of labor provided evidence to support my assertion that trans* academics are or become professionally Other. Given this Other status, trans* academics must form broad coalitions to bring about change within higher education organizations. Additionally, higher education leaders have an opportunity to change organizational contexts to better support trans* academics by radically re-imagining colleges and universities.

New York, 2017. XII, 240 pp., 9 b/w ill.

Lessons about Race, Class, and Gender in America A Black Woman’s Journey from Cotton Picking to College Professor: Lessons about Race, Class, and Gender in America traces the journey and transformation of Mildred Sirls, a young Black girl in rural east Texas in the 1930s who picked cotton to help her family survive, to Dr. Mildred Pratt, Professor Emerita of Social Work, who, by lifting as she climbed, influenced hundreds of students and empowered a community. As a daughter, sister, wife, mother, and scholar-activist, Mildred lived her core beliefs: she felt that it was important to validate individual human dignity; she recognized the power of determination and discipline as keys to success; and she had a commitment to empowering and serving others for the greater good of society. Such values not only characterized the life that she led, they are exemplified by the legacy she left. A Black Woman’s Journey from Cotton Picking to College Professor reflects those core values. It celebrates ordinary lives and individuals; it demonstrates the value of hard work; and it illustrates the motto of the National Association of Colored Women, «lifting as we climb».

New York, 2018. XXVI, 272 pp., 20 b/w ill.

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 103

New York, 2018. XIV, 216 pp. 1 b/w ill., 1 table.

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 107

hb.

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4565-0

ISBN 978-1-4331-4851-4

ISBN 978-1-4331-4973-3

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4570-4 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4725-8 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4571-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4852-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4974-0 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4970-2

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


32

Education

William M. Reynolds (ed.)

D. Michael Rivage-Seul

Forgotten Places

The Magic Glasses of Critical Thinking

Critical Studies in Rural Education Forgotten Places: Critical Studies in Rural Education critically investigates and informs the construction of the rural, rural identity and the understanding of the rural internationally. This book promotes and expands the notion of critical understandings of rural education, particularly in the areas of race, class, gender, and LGBTQ, with conceptualizations of social justice. While there have been many volumes written on critical issues in urban education, only a small number have been produced on rural education, and the majority of those are not critical. By contrast, Forgotten Places not only discusses «schools in the country,» but also expands conceptualizations of the rural beyond schools and place as well as beyond the borders of the United States. It also tackles the artificial duality between conceptualizations of urban and rural. Forgotten Places includes scholarly investigations into the connections among the symbolic order, various forms of cultural artifacts and multiple readings of these artifacts within the context of critical/transformational pedagogy. This book fills a significant gap in the scholarly work on the ramifications of the ­r ural.

Claire Robson • Kelsey Blair • Jen Marchbank (eds.)

Basically Queer

Seeing Through Alternative Fact & Fake News

An Intergenerational Introduction to LGBTQA2S+ Lives

D. Michael Rivage-Seul’s eye-opening new book, The Magic Glasses of Critical Thinking: Seeing Through Alternative Fact & Fake News, invites readers to try out what Baba Dick Gregory calls the «magic glasses» of critical thinking. Gregory’s eyewear suggests ten rules for seeing through the haze created by any culture’s ruling group mind. The criteria urge students to: (1) reflect systemically, (2) select market (as an organizing principle), (3) reject neutrality, (4) suspect ideology, (5) respect history, (6) inspect scientifically, (7) quadra-sect violence, (8) connect with your deepest self, (9) collect conclusions, and (10) detect silences. The Magic Glasses of Critical Thinking then applies those criteria to a broader contemporary context where fascist tendencies reminiscent of the 1930s are unmistakable. Surprising interpretations of familiar Hollywood and documentary films illustrate every point, making this book a fascinating text and discussion starter for critical thinking and composition courses at the secondary and post-secondary levels.

Basically Queer offers an introduction to what it can look and feel like to live life as lesbian, gay, bisexual, asexual, two spirited and trans. Written by youth and elders who’ve lived these lives first hand, the book combines no-nonsense explanations, definitions, and information with engaging stories and poetry that bring them to life. Basically Queer answers those questions that many want to ask but fear will give offence: What is it really like to be queer? What’s appropriate language? How can I be an ally? It also provides a succinct and readable account of queer history and legal rights worldwide, addresses intergenerational issues, and offers some tips and tricks for living queer. It does so in an easy and conversational style that will be accessible to most readers, including teens. The text will be of interest to those teaching courses in gender, sexuality, queer and women’s studies. It will be a useful resource for those who are questioning or examining their sexual or gender identities and those who are in relationship with them, such as doctors, teachers, parents, or friends.

New York, 2017. XVIII, 264 pp.

New York, 2017. XXVI, 362 pp., 5 b/w ill., 2 tables

Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 485

Counterpoints. Studies in Criticality. Vol. 494

New York, 2018. XVI, 264 pp., 7 b/w ill.

hb.

Education and Struggle. Narrative, Dialogue and the Political Production of Meaning. Vol. 15

hb.

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3070-0 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4952-8 CHF 50.– / €D 42.95 / €A 44.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4318-2 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4507-0 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3071-7

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4954-2 CHF 50.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3346-6

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3345-9 CHF 43.– / €D 37.95 / €A 38.50 / € 35.– / £ 28.– / US-$ 41.95


33

Education

Lara Rodríguez Sieweke (ed.)

Xavier Roegiers

Learning Scenarios for Social and Cultural Change

From Knowledge to Competency

«Bildung» through Academic Teaching The anthology departs from the fundamental idea that the university is deeply connected to the ideal of «Bildung» and to democratic values. If the university should serve as an open space to develop democracy and to meet today’s social, cultural and ecological challenges, then one has to take into account the different disciplines’ approaches to education. Thus, the featured proposals on school and university education come from diverse research fields such as general education, media education, art and aesthetic education, philosophy, ethnology, sociology, performance art and gender.

An Original Study Assessing the Potential to Act through MultipleChoice Questions We gain knowledge, we obtain qualifications and degrees – but does this allow us to act in the diverse real-life situations we face, from medical diagnosis to essay writing, from mathematical problems to the assessment of a project? This book addresses the method and results of a wholly original study, based on the following question: what makes us competent? What allows us to act in concrete ways to process situations that require much more than knowledge? The study deconstructs our internal mechanisms and sheds light on the respective roles that cognitive and emotional factors play in our ability to process complex situations. The results are drawn from a database that includes over 11,000 people from 8 countries across 3 continents, speaking 4 different languages. The results reveal some striking insights into the variables that influence our potential to act, including age, gender, culture, and the relevant areas of competency. The study offers, in a concrete way, based on a series of multiple-choice questions (MCQ), a way to very precisely determine each person’s strengths and weaknesses when it comes to taking action, at both emotional and cognitive levels. It therefore lays the foundations for finding specific ways of increasing everyone’s potential.

Carrie Rogers • Kofi Lomotey • Adriel Hilton (eds.)

Innovative Approaches to Educational Leadership Selected Cases Of late, leadership has come to include individuals in elementary, secondary and tertiary institutions who do not necessarily carry leadership titles. Faculty in preK-16 institutions, along with other staff and community people, have increasingly begun to take on leadership responsibilities as shared leadership is articulated and practiced more and more in education. This volume focuses on educational leadership--broadly defined. More specifically, following several research-based thought pieces in which the authors define and discuss this new conception of leadership, contributors offer preK-16 case study illustrations of this recent conception of educational leadership. Readers will use this casebook as a foundational text for courses in teacher education, educational leadership, business and higher education. It includes detailed chapters focused on teacher leadership, principal leadership and higher educational leadership.

New York, 2017. XIV, 252 pp. Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 226 pp., 3 coloured fig., 24 b/w fig.

Higher Ed. Questions About the Purpose(s) of Colleges and Universities. Vol. 27

Erziehungskonzeptionen und Praxis. Vol. 82

Bruxelles, 2018. 336 pp., 15 b/w graphs, 40 b/w fig., 10 coloured fig., 30 tables

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72928-1 CHF 41.– / €D 34.95 / €A 35.90 / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0624-1 CHF 54.– / €D 45.95 / €A 47.30 / € 43.– / £ 35.– / US-$ 51.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72929-8 CHF 43.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.20 / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-2-8076-0625-8 CHF 56.– / €D 50.95 / €A 51.60 / € 43.– / £ 35.– / US-$ 51.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3312-1

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3311-4 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4279-6

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


34

Education

E. San Juan, Jr.

Carlos Bulosan—Revolutionary Filipino Writer in the United States A Critical Appraisal

Fida Sanjakdar • Andrew Kam-Tuck Yip (eds.)

Critical Pedagogy, Sexuality Education and Young People Issues about Democracy and Active Citizenry

Carlos Bulosan—Revolutionary Filipino Writer in the United States: A Critical Appraisal is an in-depth, critical evaluation of Bulosan’s major works in the context of the sociopolitical changes that configured his sensibility during the Depression, the united-front mobilization prior to World War II, and the Cold War witch-hunting of the fifties. Unprecedented for its thorough historical-materialist analysis of the symbolic dynamics of the texts, this book uses original research into the Sanora Babb papers that have never before been linked to Bulosan. Sophisticated dialectical analysis of the complex contradictions in Bulosan’s life is combined with a politico-ethical reading of U.S.-Philippines relations. San Juan takes the unorthodox view that Bulosan’s career was not an immigrant success story but instead a subversive project of an organic intellectual of a colonized nation-in-the-making. Today, Bulosan is hailed as a revolutionary Filipino writer, unparalleled in the racialized, conflicted history of the Philippines as a colony/dependency of the United States. This book follows San Juan’s pioneering 1972 study Carlos Bulosan and the Imagination of the Class Struggle.

Critical Pedagogy, Sexuality Education and Young People presents cutting-edge empirical and theoretical research on the role of critical pedagogy in transforming sexuality education. Featuring the work of scholars from around the globe, including the US, the UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Argentina and Finland, this unique collection of work expands the meaning of pedagogy in the field of sexuality education by augmenting young people’s voices and agency, and by emphasizing a democratic and civic focus. This volume identifies and interrogates theoretical frameworks based on critical theory and critical pedagogical discourses, cross-cultural studies and critical literacy to offer new ways to conceptualize critical pedagogy in sexuality education. Many of the practical classroom applications presented will engage educators and classroom teachers in the areas of curriculum design, classroom pedagogies and institutional reform. They can also be applied to the formulation and implementation of more effective policies for sexuality education involving schools, community groups and students. The chapters in this volume interrogate texts, institutions, social relations and ideologies impacting contemporary sexuality education policies and pedagogical practices, prompting a consideration of alternative models of sexuality education for today’s globalized age.

Elena Sheldon

Knowledge Construction in Academia A Challenge for Multilingual Scholars This book examines the struggles encountered by multilingual scholars pursuing careers within global academia, particularly in Spain and Latin American countries. These writers face the disadvantage of having to read and write in a language other than their own. The traditional model of Anglophone universities under which academics have to «publish or perish» has ensured that English is an indicator of excellence in knowledge construction. Given this linguistic inequality, it is important that scholars from non-Anglophone countries are empowered in their efforts to publish in English in international journals, so that new knowledge can be brought to the fore. By highlighting the dominant English medium conventions, this book provides such scholars with valuable support in ensuring that their research is publishable. It explores the different ways of structuring languages and illuminates the complexities of writing an academic text in a second language. The central message of the book is that the voices of multilingual scholars can make unique and substantial contributions to the reform, expansion, democratization and enrichment of English-dominated academia.

New York, 2018. X, 234 pp., 3 b/w ill. New York, 2017. XIV, 134 pp., 5 b/w ill.

Adolescent Cultures, School, and Society. Vol. 71

Oxford, 2018. XIV, 248 pp., 18 tables, 10 fig.

Education and Struggle. Narrative, Dialogue and the Political Production of Meaning. Vol. 12

hb.

Intercultural Studies and Foreign Language Learning. Vol. 19

hb.

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4244-4

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95 eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4245-1 CHF 42.– / €D 40.95 / €A 41.– / € 34.20 / £ 28.– / US-$ 40.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3464-7

CHF 139.– / €D 123.40 / €A 126.90 / € 115.35 / £ 92.– / US-$ 149.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3463-0 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78874-146-0 CHF 65.– / €D 61.95 / €A 62.30 / € 51.90 / £ 42.– / US-$ 63.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4583-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-906165-57-4 CHF 65.– / €D 55.95 / €A 57.10 / € 51.90 / £ 42.– / US-$ 63.95


35

Education

John Smyth • Terry Wrigley • Peter McInerney

Living on the Edge

Virginia Stead (ed.)

Sean Steel

A Guide to LGBTQ+ Inclusion on Campus, Post-PULSE

Teacher Education and the Pursuit of Wisdom

Rethinking Poverty, Class and Schooling Second Edition Living on the Edge: Rethinking Poverty, Class and Schooling, Second Edition confronts one of the most enduring and controversial issues in education—the nexus between poverty and underachievement. This topic stubbornly remains a key contemporary battleground in the struggle to raise standards. Living on the Edge maps and compares a number of competing explanations, critiques inadequate and deficit accounts and offers a more convincing and useful theory. The authors challenge the view that problems can be fixed by discrete initiatives, which in many instances are deeply rooted in deficit views of youth, families and communities. The book systematically interrogates a range of explanations based outside as well as inside schools. It draws upon positive examples of schools which are succeeding in engaging marginalized young people, providing worthwhile forms of learning and improving young lives. This second edition contains two expansive case studies that exemplify, explain and illustrate the themes coursing through the book. Living on the Edge’s second edition remains a «must read» for anyone concerned about or implicated in the struggle for more socially just forms of education.

The research in A Guide to LGBTQ+ Inclusion on Campus, Post-PULSE is premised on the notion that, because we cannot choose our sexual, racial, ethnic, cultural, political, geographic, economic, and chronological origins, with greater advantage comes greater responsibility to redistribute life’s resources in favor of those whose human rights are compromised and who lack the fundamental necessities of life. Among these basic rights are access to higher education and to positive campus experiences. Queer folk and LGBTQ+ allies have collaborated on this new text in response to the June 16, 2016 targeted murder of 49 innocent victims at the PULSE nightclub, Orlando, Florida. Seasoned and novice members of the academy will find professional empowerment from these authors as they explicitly discuss multiple level theory, policy, and strategies to support LGBTQ+ campus inclusion. Their work illuminates how good, bad, and indeterminate public legislation impacts LGBTQ+ communities everywhere, and it animates multiple layers of campus life, ranging from lessons within a three-year-old day care center to policy-making among senior administration. May the power of well-chosen words continue to deepen our understanding, clarify our communication, and empower us all as pro-LGBTQ+ campus activists.

A Practical Guide for Education Philosophy Courses Teacher Education and the Pursuit of Wisdom takes its readers into the deep waters of investigating teaching not simply as a profession but as a precious «way of life». The author begins by investigating the nature of teaching as both an «active» and a «contemplative» endeavor and inquires into the resonance between the nature of teaching on the one hand and what has been said classically about genuine philosophizing on the other hand. Having laid the groundwork for students to be able to recognize this intimate connection, readers are next challenged to take up the notion of teaching as a «way of life» in the pursuit of wisdom experimentally and to record their observations in a personalized journal format. Thorough explanations are provided concerning the value of journaling for self-knowledge, and exemplar texts by master journal writers are discussed. This book is designed for use as a primary textbook in philosophy of education courses. Instructors will find it helpful as a means to organize engaging classes at both the undergraduate and graduate levels for genuine philosophic practices and inquiry. It contains a well-defined program of work that is modelled upon the latest research concerning «authentic task design». Its rich experimental approach is replete with a broad array of learning tasks, assessment tools, and practices that are aligned with the competencies-based approach taken in most professional certification and BEd Programs.

New York, 2018. XXVI, 342 pp., 4 b/w ill., 3 tables

New York, 2018. XVIII, 310 pp., 1 b/w ill. Adolescent Cultures, School, and Society. Vol. 70

Equity in Higher Education Theory, Policy, and Praxis. Vol. 7

New York, 2018. XXII, 382 pp., 11 b/w ill.

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4628-2

ISBN 978-1-4331-4691-6

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3510-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4625-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4540-7 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4577-3

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4648-0

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4539-1 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


36

Education

Bernd Tesch

Yusef Waghid • Nuraan Davids

Julie Warner

The Reconstruction of Sense in the Foreign Language Classroom

Education, Assessment, and the Desire for Dissonance

Adolescents’ New Literacies with and through Mobile Phones

Education, Assessment, and the Desire for Dissonance aims to address the contentious practice of assessment in schools and universities within a poststructuralist educational paradigm. Within the theoretical paradigm of Foucault’s (1994) notions of governmentality, subjectification and dissonance, the book examines why, through which and in which ways (how) educational assessment should unfold considering the challenges of globalized and cosmopolitan dimensions of educational change that have beset educational institutions. Waghid and Davids show how conceptual derivatives of Foucauldian governmentality, in particular the notions of power, panopticon and surveillance, dispositive, freedom and resistance—as relational concepts—affect assessment in universities and schools. The authors argue why universities and schools cannot be complacent or non-responsive to current understandings and practices of assessment. In the main, the authors contend that a Foucauldian notion of powerful, subjectified and dissonant assessment can, firstly, be extended to an Agambenian (2011) notion of a profane, denudified and rhythmic form of assessment; and secondly, be enhanced by a Derridian (1997) idea of friendship that bridges a Foucauldian view of governmental assessment with an Agambenian view of ethical assessment. Friendship allows people to act responsibly towards one another—that is, teachers and students acting responsibility towards one another—and resonates with an ongoing pursuit of rhythmic assessment practices.

This book provides a deeper understanding of the phone-based composing practices of youth and their implications for literacy learning. In the United States, smartphone use among teens is nearly universal, yet many youth who are avid digital composers still struggle with formal schooled literacy. The widespread and rapid embrace of smartphones by youth from all income levels has had a substantial impact on the way that young people approach the act of composing, yet to date, little to no work has explored digital photography and text curation through popular apps like Twitter and Instagram and their impact on literacy, including formal schooled literacy. As more schools are moving to Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) models and lifting classroom bans on cellphones, classroom teachers need information about the affordances of phones for formal literacy learning, which this book provides. This book will also be of interest to those in courses in the fields of education, new literacies, cultural studies/youth culture, literacy studies, communication arts, and anthropology of education/social sciences. This book could be used in a course on online/ Internet ethnography. It could also be used in a more general research methods course to illustrate the combination of online and offline data collection. Outside of research methods courses, it could be used in courses on literacies, digital literacies, youth culture, popular culture and media, or mobile learning.

New York, 2017. XX, 166 pp.

New York, 2017. XX, 198 pp.

Global Studies in Education. Vol. 33

New Literacies and Digital Epistemologies. Vol. 79

hb.

hb.

An Introduction to Reconstructive Foreign Language Research This book is an introduction to reconstructive foreign language research using the documentary method. It contains an intensive reflection on social practices and the role of language awareness within the context of the instructional interaction in the foreign language classroom. The narrative interview can independently be used for research on language and professional biographies as well as professional dispositions, and attitudes of foreign language teachers provide valuable insights into biographical formations. Similarly, it can be deployed for research on the foreign language learner, too. The working steps of the documentary method are being illustrated on the basis of concrete examples so that the book can be used by researchers as well as by students as a methodological introduction.

Berlin, 2018. 214 pp., 4 b/w ill., 16 b/w tables LaCuLi. Language Culture Literacy. Vol. 9

ISBN 978-1-4331-4043-3

ISBN 978-1-4331-4407-3

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-73636-4 CHF 47.– / €D 39.95 / €A 41.10 / € 37.40 / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4044-0 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-73648-7 CHF 49.– / €D 44.95 / €A 44.90 / € 37.40 / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4045-7 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4413-4 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4408-0 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95


37

Education

Karen Watson

Boyd White • Amélie Lemieux

Tracey Wilen-Daugenti

Inside the ‘Inclusive’ Early Childhood Classroom

Mapping Holistic Learning

Digital Disruption

An Introductory Guide to Aesthetigrams

The Future of Work, Skills, Leadership, Education, and Careers in a Digital World

The Power of the ‘Normal’ Inside the ‘Inclusive’ Childhood Classroom: The Power of the ‘Normal’ offers a critique of current practices and alternative view of inclusion. The rich data created inside three classrooms will challenge those who work in the field, as the children and their performances, previously overlooked, are foreground. Although at times confronting, it is ultimately invaluable reading for classroom teachers, students, academics, and researchers as well as anyone who desires to deepen their understanding of inclusive processes. The inclusion of children with diagnosed special needs in mainstream early childhood classrooms is a policy and practice that has gained universal support in recent decades. Exploring ways to include the diagnosed child has been of interest to inclusive research. Adopting a poststructural perspective, this book interrupts taken for granted assumptions about inclusive processes in the classroom. Attention is drawn to the role played by the undiagnosed children, those positioned as already included. Researching among children, this ethnography interrogates the production of the classroom ‘normal’. As the children negotiate difference, the operations of the ‘normal’ are made visible in their words and actions. In their encounters with the diagnosed Other, they take up practices of tolerance and silence, effecting fear, separation, and a desire to cure. These performances echo practices, presumed abandoned, from centuries past.

Mapping Holistic Learning: An Introductory Guide to Aesthetigrams introduces the concept of aesthetigrams. These are participantproduced visual maps of aesthetic engagement. The map-making strategy was originally developed by one of the authors, Boyd White, to assist him in understanding what his university-level students were experiencing as they interacted with artworks. Such interactions are, after all, private, individualistic, and fleeting. How can a teacher foster student/teacher dialogue that might lead to enhanced engagement, much less do research, without a concrete record of such engagement? Aesthetigrams provide that record. Recently, the strategy has been adapted to other fields of study—the teaching of literature, and philosophy for children, as well as the writing of poetry. Boyd White and Amélie Lemieux are persuaded that the strategy could be expanded into other disciplines. For example, might it not be useful for a teacher to know what a student is feeling and thinking as she struggles with a mathematical concept? Mapping Holistic Learning is divided into three sections. Chapter 1 addresses the theoretical framework that underpins the authors’ research. The second section, Chapters 2 to 5, provides examples of aesthetigram usage within the formal education environment, in art and literature classrooms. The third section, Chapters 6 and 7, introduces two recent experiments in informal settings—one in an adult poetry workshop, the other in a philosophy-for-children workshop.

Everything we do is impacted by technology— how we communicate with others, connect at work, learn at school, and live our lives. We are accustomed to and dependent on technology. But how do we rethink our approach to the new technologic world of work, leadership, lifelong learning, skill development, and careers? The accelerated pace of technology and competition is causing workplace environments to become more technical, diverse, and in need of disruptive leaders. This new landscape requires innovative styles of leadership and new techniques of managing organizations. Digital Disruption: The Future of Work, Skills, Leadership, Education, and Careers in a Digital World covers the key forces impacting the future of work, industries, leadership styles, skills, and education with a focus on how to remain relevant in an ever-increasingly complex digital world. Drawing on over twenty years of research, Dr. Tracey Wilen’s twelfth book will intrigue readers with up-to-date information on the latest trends in a disruptive world, along with practical advice, innovative best practices, case examples, and pragmatic tips and pointers. Digital Disruption offers educators, executives, and students a fresh approach on how to navigate the future to ensure success. Digital Disruption is suitable for myriad courses, programs, and students, including business, education, sociology, human resources, gender studies, technology, leadership, management, and career ­management.

New York, 2017. VIII, 212 pp. New York, 2017. XVIII, 146 pp., 19 b/w ill.

Childhood Studies. Vol. 5 hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3433-3

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3277-3

New York, 2018. X, 206 pp., 30 b/w ill., 1 table

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3432-6 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3276-6 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4468-4 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4037-2

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4921-4 CHF 34.– / €D 29.95 / €A 30.20 / € 27.50 / £ 22.– / US-$ 32.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4918-4 CHF 36.– / €D 32.95 / €A 33.– / € 27.50 / £ 22.– / US-$ 32.95


38

Education

Nga-Wing Anjela Wong

Rahat Zaidi

Opening Doors

Anti-Islamophobic Curriculums

Community Centers Connecting Working-Class Immigrant Families and Schools In 2014—for the first time—over 50% of those in U.S. public schools are students of color. Furthermore, children of immigrants, the majority of whom are of Asian and Latinx origin, are the fastest-growing population in the U.S. Addressing their needs has become an important issue facing educators, researchers, and policy makers nationwide. More importantly, working-poor and low-income immigrant families of color need support and resources to negotiate and navigate between their home/ community and their school/dominant society. Opening Doors: Community Centers Connecting Working-Class Immigrant Families and Schools examines the role and impact of a community-based organization (the Harborview Chinatown Community Center) and its youth program (the Community Youth Center), which is located in an East Coast city. Framed by the «Community Cultural Wealth» framework (Yosso, 2005) and Youth (Comm) Unity, Opening Doors argues that the Harborview Chinatown Community Center helps lowincome Chinese immigrant families negotiate and navigate their multiple worlds. Specifically, this book examines the services and support for low-income and working-poor Chinese American immigrant families during out-of-school hours.

Since patterns of immigration began taking hold, one of the primary goals of any immigrant to, or citizen of, North America has been to be accepted and to adapt to a new culture and learn to live a productive and healthy life. There are many different means by which people endeavor to accomplish this. One of these is through education, a platform that has been, and should continue to be, a principal path to achieving this goal. The field of education has also become one of the primary forums for provoking and questioning societal norms and is a powerful means towards achieving the vision of a multicultural society capable of living, working, and playing in harmony. Anti-Islamophobic Curriculums presents a specific curriculum to help teachers and young learners gain more awareness of cultures much different from theirs. Anti-Islamophobic Curriculums also endeavours to decrease sociophobic reaction toward cultures that are unfamiliar and to acquaint learners with a curriculum beyond what has traditionally been their predominant English/French/Indigenous experience. While the conclusions this book draws are applicable to any culture, the curriculum presented here emphasizes the Islamic culture and, through the educational process, aims to mitigate the sociophobic reaction its members often encounter.

New York, 2018. XX, 162 pp., 1 table

New York, 2017. XVI, 134 pp.

Social Justice Across Contexts in Education. Vol. 7

Critical Praxis and Curriculum Guides. Vol. 1

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4685-5

ISBN 978-1-4331-2202-6

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 89.– / €D 76.95 / €A 78.80 / € 71.70 / £ 58.– / US-$ 85.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4686-2 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4687-9 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4255-0 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-2201-9 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95


39

Law

Law

Kerstin Ahlberg • Niklas Bruun (eds.)

The New Foundations of Labour Law This book explores the challenges of globalisation and digitalisation to labour law and social security under three headings. The first, «The changing foundations of labour law» focuses on the law itself. Here the authors discuss how a changing political setting influences the very foundations of contemporary labour law. The contributions in the second section, «Precarious work – the new normative model?», deal with the challenges that various new business models put to regulating working life and social welfare. The contributions in the final section, «New forms of labour mobility», treat the difficulties related to the protection of workers who move over borders between countries and continents. The book is a contribution to the ongoing debate on the future of labour law.

Jacques H.J. Bourgeois • Marco Bronckers • Reinhard Quick (eds.)

WTO Dispute Settlement: a Check-up The dispute settlement system of the World Trade Organisation has been referred to as the jewel in the crown of the WTO. Reviewing more than twenty years of the system’s operation, this volume takes stock by providing an indepth analysis of key issues that have emerged. The book collects and updates papers by a group of eminent experts that were presented at an international conference at the College of Europe in Bruges. The fundamental question of whether the system is in good shape or whether changes are necessary is addressed through five themes. Firstly, the book looks at the interpretive function of the dispute settlement system and questions whether rulings are capable of «gap-filling». Secondly, under the heading ‘Jurisdiction and Applicable Law’ we cover the thorny issue of how public international law can be integrated into the dispute resolution system. Thirdly, regarding problems associated with implementation, we ask whether the system ensures satisfactory compliance with its rules and rulings or whether financial remedies need to be added. Furthermore, through themes four and five we compare the WTO dispute settlement system with the dispute settlement system contained in the Free Trade Agreements, as well as the investor-state arbitration system (ISDS). We investigate how these two different systems can influence each other and learn from one another. This review comes to the conclusion that the system is functioning, if not perfectly, at least reasonably well. Where problems are identified, solutions are suggested to improve the system. Bruxelles, 2017. 167 pp. 1 fig., 1 table

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 276 pp., 7 b/w ill.

Cahiers du Collège d’Europe / College of Europe Studies. Vol. 19

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-71850-6 CHF 75.– / €D 64.95 / €A 66.80 / € 60.70 / £ 50.– / US-$ 73.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72677-8 CHF 79.– / €D 71.95 / €A 72.80 / € 60.70 / £ 50.– / US-$ 73.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-2-8076-0287-8 CHF 47.– / €D 40.95 / €A 41.80 / € 38.– / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95 ISBN 978-2-8076-0376-9

CHF 50.– / €D 44.95 / €A 45.60 / € 38.– / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95


40

Law

Centro di Ateneo per i Diritti Umani (ed.)

Tomas Davulis (ed.)

Italian Yearbook of Human Rights 2017

Labour Law Reforms in Eastern and Western Europe

The Italian Yearbook of Human Rights 2017 offers an up-to-date overview of the measures Italy has taken to adapt its legislation and policies to international human rights law and to comply with commitments voluntarily assumed by the Italian Government at the international level on the subject of fundamental rights. The 2017 Yearbook surveys the most significant activities of national and local Italian actors at domestic and international level, including civil society organisations and universities. It also dedicates space to recommendations made by international monitoring bodies within the framework of the United Nations, OSCE, the Council of Europe, and the European Union. Finally, the Yearbook provides a selection of international and national case-law that casts light on Italy’s position visà-vis internationally recognised human rights. «Italy and Human Rights in 2016: the «Long March» towards Establishing Independent National Human Rights Institutions and the Ambiguous Addition of the Crime of Torture to the Italian Criminal Code» is the title of the 2017 Yearbook introduction. The Italian Agenda of Human Rights 2017 represents an updated orientation tool with regards the main initiatives to be undertaken on the legislative, infrastructural and policy-making fronts in order to strengthen the Italian system for promoting and protecting human rights.

Recent years in Europe have been marked by efforts to introduce changes in labour law in order to boost employment, reduce labour costs and increase flexibility of national labour markets. The increased international competition has led to major labour law reforms in some European countries but the majority of national developments still indicate a rather limited reformist approach. Evolutionary rather than revolutionary efforts were initiated to balance the wage-setting mechanisms and to soften the dismissal law protection to create room for flexibility, to increase employment by promoting atypical forms of employment, to accommodate legal regulations to technological advances and the new types of economy. Accompanying social security measures intended to improve the efficiency of active labour market policies. The current selection of academic contributions intends to provide an overview of recent developments in the legal regulation of labour markets in Eastern and Western European countries. The authors’ contributions could not cover all the aspects of the current state of recent reformist efforts on the labour markets. However, by picturing separate developments in different European countries, it intends to assist in identifying regional similarities. Furthermore, it provides opportunities for exchange of ideas, experiences and practices for shaping labour law both at European and national level.

Bruxelles, 2017. 333 pp., 5 b/w ill., 26 tables Human Right Studies. Subseries: Italian Yearbook of Human Rights. Vol. 8

Bruxelles, 2017. 501 pp., 12 b/w ill., 10 tables

Fruzsina Gárdos-Orosz • Balázs Fekete (eds.)

Central and Eastern European Socio-Political and Legal Transition Revisited This Yearbook of the Central and Eastern European Forum of Young Legal, Political and Social Theorists is devoted to the analysis of the consequences of the Central and Eastern European transition. The volume focuses on understanding the constantly evolving process of democratization. Following the collapse of the Soviet Union democratic transitions took place all over this region and the new democracies had different shapes. All states, however, wished to become a westerntype democracy. The authors evaluate the ongoing struggle in the region to understand and to make others understand the peculiarities of these seemingly western-type, but somewhat different democratic regimes.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 248 pp., 1 b/w ill., 4 b/w tables

Cultures juridiques et politiques. Vol. 12

Central and Eastern European Forum for Legal, Political, and Social Theory Yearbook. Vol. 7

ISBN 978-2-8076-0540-4 CHF 59.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.70 / € 47.– / £ 39.– / US-$ 56.95

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0416-2 CHF 75.– / €D 63.95 / €A 66.– / € 60.– / £ 49.– / US-$ 72.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72762-1 CHF 67.– / €D 60.95 / €A 61.70 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0541-1

CHF 62.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.40 / € 47.– / £ 39.– / US-$ 56.95

ISBN 978-2-8076-0417-9 CHF 79.– / €D 70.95 / €A 72.– / € 60.– / £ 49.– / US-$ 72.95

ISBN 978-3-631-72761-4 CHF 64.– / €D 54.95 / €A 56.50 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95


41

Law

Maciej Mataczyński (ed.)

Runyu Wang

The Takeover of Public Companies as a Mode of Exercising EU Treaty Freedoms

International Law on Antarctic Mineral Resource Exploitation

This book provides a comprehensive review of major legal problems affecting the processes of takeover of publicly listed companies with particular emphasis on EU, Polish and German law. Acquisitions are seen through the lens of two relevant EU Treaty freedoms: free movement of capital and freedom of establishment and the 13th (Takeover) Directive. The Book contains an in-depth review of the relevant case law of the Court of Justice. The authors discuss the limits of inclusion into shareholders’ autonomy by transnational rules. They also look at breakthrough and neutrality rules stemming from the Takeover Directive. The extensive economic analysis serves as background to a legal-dogmatic research. The authors discuss the phenomenon of socalled «national champions» and its role in economies and societies of emerging markets.

This book analyzes the legal regime of the exploitation of the mineral resources in the Antarctic. Therefore, it elaborates on the development of the Antarctic Treaty and the Antarctic Treaty System (ATS). The author examines the history and influence of the Convention for the Regulation of Antarctic Mineral Resource Activities (CRAMRA), which purpose it is to prohibit unregulated mineral resource activities in Antarctica, and its provisions are extremely strict with the aim of environmental protection. Through analyzing and comparing the CRAMRA and the 1991 Environmental Protocol, the book concludes that it is not beyond credulity to imagine that a new round of discussion on Antarctic mineral exploration will be held in the near future.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 200 pp., 1 b/w table Lex et Res Publica. Polish Legal and Political Studies. Vol. 6

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 274 S.

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67099-6 CHF 64.– / €D 54.95 / €A 56.50 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06399-8 CHF 67.– / €D 60.95 / €A 61.70 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72440-8 CHF 76.– / €D 68.95 / €A 69.50 / € 57.90 / £ 48.– / US-$ 69.95

ISBN 978-3-631-72425-5 CHF 72.– / €D 61.95 / €A 63.70 / € 57.90 / £ 48.– / US-$ 69.95


42

Media and Communication

Media and Commu­ nication

Giorgia Aiello • Matteo Tarantino • Kate Oakley (eds.)

Communicating the City Meanings, Practices, Interactions How human meanings, practices and interactions produce and are produced by urban space is the focus of this timely and exciting addition to the study of urban communication. Challenging notions of the ‘urban’ as physically, economically or technologically determined, this book explores key intersections of discourse, materiality, technology, mobility, identity and inequality in acts of communication across urban and urbanizing contexts. From leisure and media consumption among Chinese migrant workers in a Guangdong village to the diverse networks and communication infrastructures of global cities like London and Los Angeles, this collection combines a range of perspectives to ask fundamental questions about the significance and status of cities in times of intensified mediation and connectivity. With case studies from Italy, Britain, Ireland, Russia, the United States and China, this international collection demonstrates that both empirical and critical knowledge on the relationship between communication and urban life has become vital across the humanities and social sciences. Communicating the City will be essential reading for all scholars and students who desire to gain an in-depth understanding of the multiple roles that media and communication have in lived experiences of the city.

New York, 2017. XXX, 216 pp.

Ümit Arklan (ed.)

Practice Fields in Public Relations: The Panorama of Turkey Public relations is a wide field of practice that encompasses the communicative processes carried out by the organization’s internal and external stakeholders. Due to its multidisciplinary nature, it is in touch with many topics and fields, which necessitates viewing the concept of public relations from a wide and sophisticated perspective as well as handling it through different dimensions. The study focuses on public relations topics and incorporates, within this context, 20 fields of practice, each of which has been detailed in a separate chapter. In addition to handling the general status of the mentioned fields in international literature, it makes efforts to present the panorama of Turkey, making evaluations about Turkey in particular.

Urban Communication. Vol. 4

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 466 pp., 25 b/w ill., 33 b/w tables

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3098-4 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-73068-3 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

ISBN 978-1-4539-1902-6

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-3-631-73067-6 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95


43

Media and Communication

Bayram Oğuz Aydın • Emine Şahin (eds.)

Bünyamin Ayhan (ed.)

Jaime Banks (ed.)

Research Methods and Techniques in Public Relations and Advertising

Digitalization and Society

Avatar, Assembled

The authors in this volume present a new point of view related to research methods and techniques in public relations and advertising. The book seeks to provide a research guide that covers topics including selecting and writing a research subject, data collection, and analysis selection for beginner researchers. The articles focus on various methods such as netnographical analysis, experimental study, case analysis, discourse analysis, Delphi method, survey, etc.

This book presents a collection of papers by researchers from several different institutions on a wide range of digital issues. Digitalization describes the phenomenon of how knowledge is processed and the processed knowledge provides social transformations beyond digitization, interaction, annihilation of time and space, the phenomenon of usage in multimedia. Transformed is not only the society but also its mentality. Digitalization reveals a sui generis digimodern process by processing modern structures with the help of compulsory tools. This process is a reconstruction of social structures and institutions on the basis of the digitalization perspective. Each social institution adapts this process and provides a contribution to the digitalization of society.

The Social and Technical Anatomy of Digital Bodies Avatar, Assembled is a curated volume that unpacks videogame and virtual world avatars— not as a monolithic phenomenon (as they are usually framed) but as sociotechnical assemblages, pieced together from social (humanlike) features like voice and gesture to technical (machine-like) features like graphics and glitches. Each chapter accounts for the empirical, theoretical, technical, and popular understandings of these avatar «components»—60 in total—altogether offering a nuanced explication of avatars-as-assemblages as they matter in contemporary society and in individual experience. The volume is a «crossover» piece in that, while it delves into complex ideas, it is written in a way that will be accessible and interesting to students, researchers, designers, and practitioners alike.

New York, 2018. 328 pp., 7 b/w ill. Digital Formations. Vol. 106 hb.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 224 pp., 15 tables, 20 ill., 5 fig.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 210 pp., 4 ill., 3 tables

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-71876-6 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67884-8 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-71877-3 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-07022-4 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-3828-7

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3560-6 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3829-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


44

Media and Communication

Susan B. Barnes

An Introduction to Visual Communication From Cave Art to Second Life Technological changes have radically altered the ways in which people use visual images. Since the invention of photography, imagery has increasingly been used for entertainment, journalism, information, medical diagnostics, instruction, branding and communication. These functions move the image beyond aesthetic issues associated with art and into the realm of communication studies. This introductory textbook introduces students to the terminology of visual literacy, methods for analyzing visual media, and theories on the relationship between visual communication and culture. Exploring the meanings associated with visual symbols and the relationship of visual communication to culture, this book provides students with a better understanding of the visually oriented world in which they live. From cave art to virtual reality, all visual media are discussed with methods for evaluation. Student-friendly features such as boxed topics, key terms, web resources, and suggestions for exercises are provided throughout.

Peter Berglez • Ulrika Ollausson • Mart Ots (eds.)

What Is Sustainable Journalism? Integrating the Environmental, Social, and Economic Challenges of Journalism This edited volume, which elaborates on the idea and concept of sustainable journalism, is the result of a perceived lack of integral research approaches to journalism and sustainable development. Thirty years ago, in 1987, the Brundtland Report pointed out economic growth, social equality and environmental protection as the three main pillars of a sustainable development. These pillars are intertwined, interdependent, and need to be reconciled. However, usually, scholars interested in the business crisis of the media industry tend to leave the social and environmental dimensions of journalism aside, and vice versa. What Is Sustainable Journalism? is the first book that discusses and examines the economic, social and environmental challenges of professional journalism simultaneously. This unique book and fresh contribution to the discussion of the future of journalism assembles international expertise in all three fields, arguing for the necessity of integral research perspectives and for sustainable journalism as the key to long-term survival of professional journalism. The book is relevant for scholars and master’s students in media economy, media and communication, and environmental communication.

Aimé-Jules Bizimana

The Embedding Apparatus Media Surveillance during the Iraq War When the war in Iraq began in 2003, the issue of the special status accorded to journalists covering the military operations arose quite naturally. Promising innovation, the Pentagon’s announcement that they would integrate hundreds of journalists into combat units—what has been known as embedding— attracted the attention of the international media and other observers. How would this be different from previous interactions between the military and the media? The Embedding Apparatus explains the functioning of the informational control apparatus at work during the Iraq War and the relationships between embedded journalists and the military in the American army’s area of operations. The concept of the apparatus guides this case study, one that brings together the experiences of almost forty participants, journalists and military personnel. The study borrows Michel Foucault’s modern surveillance mechanisms of the disciplinary apparatus and the panoptic apparatus, bringing embedded journalism into close contact with the ubiquitous and flexible surveillance that characterizes the «control society.» The author exposes a new embedding apparatus where the power relations between journalists and the military are at play, an apparatus operating within a circumscribed space where all of a journalist’s movements, reporting, behavior and communications are surveilled.

New York, 2017. XXXIV, 374 pp. New York, 2017. XII, 288 pp.

hb.

Visual Communication. Vol. 7

ISBN 978-1-4331-3441-8

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

New York, 2017. XXVI, 180 pp. America and Global Affairs. Vol. 1

ISBN 978-1-4331-4203-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3440-1 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4380-9 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL)

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4204-8

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3532-3 CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95 ISBN 978-1-4539-1910-1

CHF 98.– / €D 89.95 / €A 90.– / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95


45

Media and Communication

Morgan Genevieve Blue • Mary Celeste Kearney (eds.)

Niels Brügger (ed.)

Axel Bruns

Web 25

Gatewatching and News Curation

Histories from the First 25 Years of the World Wide Web

Journalism, Social Media, and the Public Sphere

Web 25: Histories from the First 25 Years of the World Wide Web celebrates the 25th anniversary of the Web. Since the beginning of the 1990s, the Web has played an important role in the development of the Internet as well as in the development of most societies at large, from its early grey and blue webpages introducing the hyperlink for a wider public, to today’s multifacted uses of the Web as an integrated part of our daily lives. This is the first book to look back at 25 years of Web evolution, and it tells some of the histories about how the Web was born and has developed. It takes the reader on an exciting time travel journey to learn more about the prehistory of the hyperlink, the birth of the Web, the spread of the early Web, and the Web’s introduction to the general public in mainstream media. Furthermore, case studies of blogs, literature, and traditional media going online are presented alongside methodological reflections on how the past Web can be studied, as well as accounts of how one of the most important source types of our time is provided, namely the archived Web. Web 25: Histories from the First 25 Years of the World Wide Web is a must-read for anyone interested in how our online present has been shaped by the past.

Gatewatching and News Curation: Journalism, Social Media, and the Public Sphere documents an emerging news media environment that is characterised by an increasingly networked and social structure. In this environment, professional journalists and non-professional news users alike are increasingly cast in the role of gatewatcher and news curator, and sometimes accept these roles with considerable enthusiasm. A growing part of their everyday activities takes place within the spaces operated by the major social media providers, where platform features outside of their control affect how they can post, find, access, share, curate, and otherwise engage with news, rumours, analysis, comments, opinion, and related forms of information. If in the current social media environment the majority of users are engaged in sharing news; if the networked structure of these platforms means that users observe and learn from each other’s sharing practices; if these practices result in the potential for widespread serendipitous news discovery; and if such news discovery is now overtaking search engines as the major driver of traffic to news sites—then gatewatching and news curation are no longer practiced only by citizen journalists, and it becomes important to fully understand the typical motivations, practices, and consequences of habitual news sharing through social media platforms.

New York, 2018. X, 246 pp., 14 b/w ill.

New York, 2017. XXVI, 258 pp., num. ill.

New York, 2018. XII, 394 pp.

Mediated Youth. Vol. 26

Digital Formations. Vol. 112

Digital Formations. Vol. 113

Mediated Girlhoods New Explorations of Girls’ Media Culture, Volume 2 Mediated Girlhoods, Volume 2 is an anthology devoted to scholarship on girls’ media culture. Taking a cultural studies approach, it includes studies of girls’ media representations, girls’ media consumption, and girls’ media production. In an attempt to push research on girls’ media culture in new directions, it responds to criticisms of previous research in this field by including studies of girls who are not white, middle-class, heterosexual, cisgender, or Western. Approaching girlhood, media, and methodology broadly, Mediated Girlhoods includes studies of such previously unexplored topics as girls’ mimetic communication via Tumblr, the girlyboy in independent Filipino cinema, Qatari girls’ film production, trans girlhood in advertising, Canadian girls’ feminist activism, and the new girl subject imagined in Disney’s Cinderella (2015). Mediated Girlhoods, Volume 2 is appropriate for undergraduateand graduate-level courses, particularly graduate seminars exploring girlhood, media, and culture; youth media; youth cultures; and gender and media; and undergraduate courses housed within the following departments: media studies, communication studies, cultural studies, women’s and gender studies, sociology, literature, history, education, and psychology.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4603-9

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3270-4

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3321-3

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3213-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3269-8 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4397-7 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

ISBN 978-1-4539-1726-8

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4064-8

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3320-6 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


46

Media and Communication

Rebekah J. Buchanan

Rhiannon Bury

Nico Carpentier

Writing a Riot

Television 2.0

The Discursive-Material Knot

Riot Grrrl Zines and Feminist Rhetorics

Viewer and Fan Engagement with Digital TV

Cyprus in Conflict and Community Media Participation

Television 2.0 sets out to document and interrogate shifting patterns of engagement with digital television. Television content has not only been decoupled from the broadcast schedule through the use of digital video recorders (DVRs) but from broadcasting itself through streaming platforms such as Netflix, Vimeo and YouTube as well as downloading platforms such as iTunes and The Pirate Bay. Moreover, television content has been decoupled from the television screen itself as a result of digital convergence and divergence, leading to the proliferation of computer and mobile screens. Television 2.0 is the first book to provide an in-depth empirical investigation into these technological affordances and the implications for viewing and fan participation. It provides a historical overview of television’s central role as a broadcast medium in the household as well as its linkages to participatory culture. Drawing on survey and interview data, Television 2.0 offers critical insights into the ways in which the meanings and uses of contemporary television are shaped not just by digitalization but by domestic relations as well as one’s affective relationship to particular television texts. Finally it rethinks what it means to be a participatory fan, and examines the ways in which established practices such as information seeking and community making are altered and new practices are created through the use of social media. Television 2.0 will be of interest to anyone teaching or studying media and communications.

The theoretical framework of the discursivematerial knot consists out of a non-hierarchical ontology of the interactions of the discursive and the material, articulating the assemblages that are driven by this ontological setting as restless and contingent, sometimes incessantly changing shapes and sometimes being deeply sedimented. This book acknowledges the importance of discourse studies, in having produced a better understanding of the socio-political role of frameworks of intelligibility, and of materialism theory in highlighting the importance of the agentic role of materials. Still, the combination of the discursive and the material requires our attention in a much more fundamental way; that is where this book’s first platform aims to provide a contribution. These ontological-theoretical reflections are not produced in a void, but they are put to work in this book, first in platform two, which consists of a discursive-material re-reading of three theoretical fields, dealing with practices that are all highly relevant in contemporary democracies: participation, community media and conflict (transformation). Finally, in the third platform, this book turns its attention to a particular social reality, analyzing the logic of the discursivematerial knot in the particular context of the Cyprus Problem. This case study fills a gap by bringing community media and conflict transformation together, through the analysis of the role of the Cyprus Community Media Centre (CCMC), and its webradio MYCYradio, in contributing to the transformation of ­antagonism into agonism.

Riot grrrls, punk feminists best known for their girl power activism and message, used punk ideologies and the literacy practice of zine-ing to create radical feminist sites of resistance. In what ways did zines document feminism and activism of the 1990s? How did riot grrrls use punk ideologies to participate in DIY sites? In Writing a Riot: Riot Grrl Zines and Feminist Rhetorics, Buchanan argues that zines are a form of literacy participation used to document personal, social, and political values within punk. She examines zine studies as an academic field, how riot grrrls used zines to promote punk feminism, and the ways riot grrrl zines dealt with social justice issues of rape and race. Writing a Riot is the first fulllength book that examines riot grrrl zines and their role in documenting feminist history.

New York, 2018. XXXVI, 182 pp., 3 b/w ill.

New York, 2018. XII, 148 pp.

Mediated Youth. Vol. 31

Digital Formations. Vol. 102

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-5077-7

hb.

New York, 2017. XVIII, 472 pp. ISBN 978-1-4331-5313-6

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2885-1

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 129.– / €D 111.95 / €A 114.60 / € 104.20 / £ 84.– / US-$ 124.95

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2391-7 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3852-2 CHF 50.– / €D 42.95 / €A 44.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-5078-4 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-3754-9 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3870-6 CHF 50.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3753-2 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


47

Media and Communication

Michael S. Daubs • Vincent R. Manzerolle (eds.)

Juliet Dee (ed.)

Ruth DeFoster

From Tahrir Square to Ferguson

Terrorizing the Masses

Social Networks as Facilitators of Social Movements

Identity, Mass Shootings, and the Media Construction of «Terror»

What does the phrase «ubiquitous media» actually mean? Individual definitions are just as varied and ubiquitous as the media to which they refer. As a result, there is to date no largescale theoretical framework through which we can understand the term. The goal of this volume is to provide a diverse set of critical, theoretical, and international approaches useful to those looking for a more diverse and nuanced understanding of what ubiquitous media means analytically. In contrast to other existing texts on mobile media, these contributions on mobile media are contextualised within a larger discussion on the nature and history of ubiquitous media. Other sections of this edited volume are dedicated to historical perspectives on ubiquitous media, ubiquitous media and visual culture, the role of ubiquitous media in surveillance, the political economy of ubiquitous media, and the way a ubiquitous media environment affects communities, spaces, and places throughout the world.

The last several years have seen mass uprisings and dynamic social movements across the globe, from the onset of the Arab Spring in 2011, to the Black Lives Matter movement following Michael Brown’s death in Ferguson, Missouri in 2014. There is no doubt that social media platforms such as Facebook and Twitter accelerated and facilitated these uprisings, providing a way for people to organize and express themselves despite government repression. From Tahrir Square to Ferguson: Social Networks as Facilitators of Social Movements attempts to answer the question of whether these movements could have succeeded before the advent of the Internet age. From political protest to regime change, social movements have become increasingly digital. Taking on the current political climate from an international perspective, From Tahrir Square to Ferguson: Social Networks as Facilitators of Social Movements attempts to address the issues of a growing social media audience facing a wide variety of social and political issues.

Why are some crimes identified as acts of terrorism, while others are not? How are critical terms like «terrorism» and «mass shooting» defined and understood in the 21st century? What are some of the causes of the unique American epidemic of mass shootings and gun violence? Terrorizing the Masses considers the invisible role that the media play in shaping the way we think about terrorism, gun violence, fear, and identity. This book explores media coverage of five mass shootings over a 20-year period, examining the role that race, religion, and gender play in framing some of the most high-profile crimes of American society. The results of this research show that the use of «terrorism» is uneven and inconsistent. Indeed, on a practical level, «terrorism» is an almost meaningless word – it is slippery and ephemeral, and its utility is largely in propaganda. This book succinctly analyzes what «terror» means in the 21st century, how news media use the term, and how journalists can cover tragedy without falling prey to the pitfalls of sensationalism, fear, and contagion. This book is a useful text for courses on media ethics, crime and public policy, political science, terrorism studies, and communication studies.

New York, 2018. X, 312 pp., 10 b/w ill., 2 tables

New York, 2018. XIV, 442 pp., 10 b/w iil., 18 tables

New York, 2017. XVI, 232 pp.

Digital Formations. Vol. 116

Communication Law. Vol. 5

Frontiers in Political Communication. Vol. 33

Mobile and Ubiquitous Media Critical and International Perspectives

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4841-5

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2940-7

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4271-0

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 108.– / €D 93.95 / €A 96.20 / € 87.50 / £ 70.– / US-$ 104.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4636-7 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2939-1 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4539-1757-2 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4842-2

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3903-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3904-8

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


48

Media and Communication

Jolanta A. Drzewiecka • Thomas K. Nakayama (eds.)

Global Dialectics in Intercultural Communication Case Studies This book is an edited collection of case studies of contemporary issues in culture and communication around the world. Framed around a dialectical approach to intercultural communication, this collection offers a useful framework for thinking about contemporary research in this area. It offers in-depth cultural information about a broad range of specific cases in different places around the world. It is an ideal book to use in advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in culture and communication, global communication and intercultural communication courses. Scholars interested in contemporary work in intercultural communication will find this collection essential in mapping the state of the art in this area.

Sandra C. Duhé (ed.)

Sallyanne Duncan • Jackie Newton

New Media and Public Relations

Reporting Bad News

Third Edition The latest edition of New Media and Public Relations offers communication scholars, professionals, and students current insights on how emerging technologies challenge and change the rules of stakeholder engagement in corporate, nonprofit, and activist environments. Topics include updated thinking on mobile applications, crisis response, and ethical implications of online exchanges in addition to groundbreaking explorations into the developing arenas of personas, emojis, listening theory, and historiophoty in public relations practice. All-new content in this popular text once again delivers new thinking in public relations theory and practice for an ever-changing digital landscape. New Media and Public Relations is well-suited for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in public relations principles, management, case studies, and strategy, as well as courses in corporate communication, marketing communication, integrated marketing communication, and digital communication.

Negotiating the Boundaries Between Intrusion and Fair Representation in Media Coverage of Death Reporting Bad News addresses a gap in the literature concerning death reporting and stories of personal tragedy. Much has been written about disasters and large-scale tragedies, but this research concentrates on individual loss and the relationship between journalist and vulnerable interviewee. While much discussion in this area is negative, focusing on the ethics of intrusion and journalists who act insensitively under pressure, the authors’ aim is to turn this focus around by looking at best practice in encounters between reporters and the bereaved, survivors and the vulnerable. It is hoped that by examining contemporary death reporting, explaining its public service role, proposing a new model of ethical participation and offering a structure for sensitive interviewing, the most harmful aspects of the process can be reduced for both the journalist and, more importantly, the grieving and the victims. The work is based on years of research by the authors, on interviews with journalists, journalism educators, bereaved families and support groups and is supplemented with a detailed analysis of the reporting of death across academic disciplines and perspectives.

New York, 2018. XX, 302 pp., 19 b/w ill., 2 coloured ill., 5 tables

New York, 2017. XII, 224 pp., 1 b/w ill.

Critical Intercultural Communication Studies. Vol. 24

Mass Communication and Journalism. Vol. 16

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4321-2

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 pb.

New York, 2017. XII, 336 pp., num. fig. and tables

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3224-7 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3273-5 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4137-9 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4539-1727-5

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-2564-5

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-2563-8 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4298-7

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


49

Media and Communication

Cherian George (ed.)

Dale Hample

Tricia Hansen-Horn • Adam E. Horn

Communicating with Power

Interpersonal Arguing

Public Relations Strategy, Theory, and Cases

Communication is ubiquitous and information is abundant. Political and economic markets are more open than they have ever been. Yet, there is no escaping the fact that communication continues to flow across fields where power is distributed unevenly. This collection of articles analyzes and responds to asymmetries of power in a diversity of contexts. They are drawn from presentations at the 2016 Annual Conference of the International Communication Association, held in Fukuoka, Japan. The conference theme presented an opening for scholars from various disciplines and academic traditions to engage with the questions of power at different levels of analysis— from micro sites of power like a doctor’s consultation room, to the geopolitical arenas where nations wage war, make peace, and spy on one another. The resulting collection straddles different methodologies and styles, from survey research to essays. Leading scholars and junior researchers have combined to create a volume that reflects the breadth of communication scholarship and its contemporary concerns.

Interpersonal Arguing is an accessible review of scholarship on key elements of face-to-face arguing, which is the interpersonal exchange of reasons. Topics include frames for understanding the nature of arguing, argument situations, serial arguments, argument dialogues, and international differences in how people understand interpersonal arguing. This is a thorough survey of the leading issues involved in understanding how people argue with one another.

Praxis at Its Best

New York, 2017. XX, 280 pp.

New York, 2018. XVIII, 306 pp., 13 b/w ill., 24 tables

New York, 2018. XII, 240 pp., 5 b/w ill.

ICA International Communication Association Annual Conference Theme Book Series. Vol. 4

hb.

hb.

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3943-7 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3438-8 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-3945-1 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4890-3

ISBN 978-1-4331-4894-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

Presenting a robust introduction to public relations strategy, this book helps readers explore their perceptions of what strategy is or might be; highlights influencers of strategic decision making such as distinctions among B2B, B2C, and B2G as well as public relations roles and organization types; discusses the education and training value and limitations of the popular case study; and provides a easyto-understand overview of four theories important for every «student» (academic and non-academic) of public relations to understand. Excellence theory, contingency theory, rhetorical theory, and social capital theory are introduced. In the spirit of praxis (the application of theory to practice), the authors provide theory-specific and other relevant «keys» for use as the reader seeks to apply what is read to actual public relations cases. As might be expected, highly structured case studies that clearly distinguish between objectives, strategies and tactics are included for the purposes of education and training. The featured set of case studies includes: March of Dimes Rebrand; Inside Pediatrics Children’s Mercy Kansas City; Vanity Fair Women Who Do LiftTOUR; TouchNet + Heartland; WeatherTech Public Relations Super Bowl Ad Buy; ZF Race Reporter/Fan Reporter: Europe, Japan and the US; Pinnacle Not So Silent Night; Lee Jeans— Influencer Relations; Fight CRC One Million Strong Collection; Tips for Kids—Seventeen Years Later; and Dairy Queen’s Fan Food Not Fast Food Campaign: Retrospective Cases Analysis from the Outside.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2079-4

ISBN 978-1-4331-2080-0 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4539-1908-8

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


50

Media and Communication

Arthur S. Hayes

Dale Herbeck • Susan J. Drucker (eds.)

James M. Honeycutt • Pavica Sheldon

Sympathy for the Cyberbully

Communication and the Baseball Stadium

Scripts and Communication for Relationships

Community, Commodification, Fanship, and Memory

Second Edition

How the Crusade to Censor Hostile and Offensive Online Speech Abuses Freedom of Expression In the first systematic account of judicial rulings striking down cyberbullying laws in the United States and Canada, Sympathy for the Cyberbully offers an unapologetic defense of online acid-tongued disparagers and youthful and adult sexters. In the first decade of the 21st century, legitimate concerns about the harmful effects of cyberbullying degenerated into a moral panic. The most troubling aspect of the panic has been a spate of censorship— the enactment of laws which breach longstanding constitutional principles, by authorizing police to arrest and juries to convict, and schools to suspend, individuals for engaging in online expression that would be constitutionally protected had it been communicated offline. These hastily drawn statutes victimize harsh critics of elected officials, scholars, school officials and faculty, distributors of constitutionally protected pornography, adolescents «talking smack», and teens who engage in the consensual exchange of nude images, even in states where teens of a certain age enjoy the right to engage in sexual relations. The victims’ stories are told here. Sympathy for the Cyberbully is suitable for undergraduate, graduate and law school courses in media law, First Amendment law and free expression.

Baseball stadia are places of memory, identity, athletic and architectural accomplishment. They are sites capable of arousing passion, sentimentality and a sense of community. The baseball stadium provides a unique lens through which to understand, explore and expand an understanding of communication theories. While baseball has previously been explored by scholars, this volume introduces the stadium as a way of exploring communication and communication theories through an examination of the four discrete themes that frame the organization of this work: community and communication, fandom and communication, memory and communication, and commodification and communication. This volume offers a unique approach to those interested in communication theory, popular culture, sports management, and people environment studies.

New York, 2017. XVIII, 252 pp.

New York, 2017. XVIII, 288 pp.

Communication Law. Vol. 6

Urban Communication. Vol. 2

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3212-4

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2146-3

The book is divided into five parts: (1) Emotions, Imagination, and Physiology of Relationships, (2) Bases of Relational Scripts, (3) Relational Escalation and Deescalation, (4) Relationship Scripts in Context, and (5) Cautions and Recommendations. The authors discuss the basis of relationship scripts, emotions, imagery, and physiology of relationships including romance, friendship, work associates, mentors, and Facebook friends. They argue that people’s expectations for relational development influence their communication, faith, and commitment in relationships. Misconstruing sexual or flirtatious intent, for example, is derived from having different scripts about attraction. They discuss abusive relationships including characteristics of abusers, stalking, and verbal and physical aggression. Designed for classes in psychology, communication, sociology, family studies, and social work, this book provides a comprehensive overview of how scripts and communication are used in relationships. Guidelines based on developing and improving verbal and nonverbal communication competence are provided. A downloadable teacher’s guide is also available.

New York, 2018. XIV, 384 pp., 10 b/w ill., 11 tables

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3211-7 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2145-6 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4263-5 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

ISBN 978-1-4539-1725-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4539-1822-7

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4217-8 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


51

Media and Communication

Kevin Howley

Stacey J.T. Hust • Kathleen Boyce Rodgers

Harvey Jassem • Susan J. Drucker (eds.)

Drones

Scripting Adolescent Romance

Media Discourse and the Public Imagination

Adolescents Talk about Romantic Relationships and Media’s Sexual Scripts

Urban Communication Regulation

Drones: Media Discourse and the Public Imagination starts with a basic premise: technology shapes and is shaped by the stories we tell about it. Stories about drones—at once anxious and hopeful, fearful and awe-inspired— are emblematic of the profound ambivalence that frequently accompanies the introduction of new technologies. Through critical analysis of a variety of cultural forms—from newspaper headlines, nightly newscasts, and documentary films, to advertising, entertainment media, and graphic arts—this book demonstrates the prevalence of drones in global battlefields and domestic airspace, public discourse, and the popular imagination. Written in a lively, engaging, and accessible style, Kevin Howley argues that media discourse plays a decisive role in shaping these new technologies, understanding their application in various spheres of human activity, and integrating them into everyday life. In doing so, Howley highlights the relationship between discursive and material practice in the social construction of technology.

Adolescents and emerging adults today spend an estimated seven hours daily attending to media. The media teens attend to commonly present relationships between men and women as a «game» or «competition» in which women seduce through their physical appearance and the masculinity of men is defined through sexual conquest. A growing body of research suggests that viewing this sexualized media may contribute to adolescents’ and emerging adults’ understanding of and behaviors around romantic and sexual relationships. Using social cognitive theory of gender development, scripting theory, and heterosexual script theory as a framework, Scripting Adolescent Romance presents methods and analyses of data from in-depth interviews with 16 high school and young college students, and focus groups with over 100 individuals in this age group. Findings provide a rarely seen view inside youths’ private spaces—their bedrooms and their social media spaces. In often highly-personal conversations, youth provide in-depth information about how they understand and navigate virginity, romantic relationships, sexual situations, and interpersonal violence. Their discussions of «Netflix and chill», Facebook stalking, and the scorecard script illuminate aspects of romance and sex that may be uniquely characteristic of today’s young people.

Communication Freedoms and Limits Cities are where the majority of people in the world live. As such, it is critically important to understand cities when seeking to address quality-of-life issues. While the concentration of people in cities presents many complex issues that warrant attention, the focus of this book is on urban communication and human interaction as regulated by municipal governments. Thirteen scholars—whose backgrounds range from community organizing, to law, telecommunication, architecture, city planning, art, policy studies, and urban communication—examine public communication venues and opportunities, all of which are impacted by municipal regulation. Whether it is the selective funding of public art, the establishment of architectural standards for public buildings, the regulation of signage, public assembly, food trucks, or telecommunication access, the authors in Urban Communication Regulation: Communication Freedoms and Limits contend that urban policy and regulation shape communication in cities. Through zoning, funding, «private law», and a host of other means, the regulation of communication has significant impacts on the quality of life for those who live in cities. The essays in this volume focus on many of these impacts, and suggest both why and how municipal regulation can improve the quality of urban communication.

New York, 2018. XIV, 246 pp., 9 b/w ill., 7 coloured ill., 2 tables

New York, 2018. XX, 256 pp. 8 b/w ill.

New York, 2018. XXXII, 284 pp., 10 b/w ill.

Mediated Youth. Vol. 24

Urban Communication. Vol. 5

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4741-8

ISBN 978-1-4331-4681-7

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4632-9

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2640-6 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2488-4 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4742-5

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4682-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4631-2 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4633-6

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


52

Media and Communication

J. David Johnson

Peter M. Kellett

Ewan Kirkland

Teams and Their Leaders

Patienthood and Communication

Children’s Media and Modernity

A Communication Network Perspective

A Personal Narrative of Eye Disease and Vision Loss

Film, Television and Digital Games

This book provides the first truly comprehensive treatment of three topics that have traditionally been treated separately: teamwork, leadership, and communication. Teamwork has become central to the operation of the modern organization. People from diverse backgrounds culturally, professionally, and demographically must work together to develop the well-rounded decision making needed for organizations to survive in our modern economy. Leadership, and relatedly management, have more traditionally been the focus of organizational operations. While it is easy to rule by dicta, it is much more difficult to establish a framework in which true teamwork is possible. Teamwork is a very fragile thing. The minute managers start becoming too directive a slippery slope is started in which one’s followers, perhaps better cast as team members, constantly look to them for direction and approval rather than acting on their own best instincts. Communication plays a central role in resolving these tensions. Messaging is central to traditional management functions, while providing a communication network structure that enables action is a more subtle, but longer lasting function of leaders. All three processes, teaming, leading, and communicating, must act in concert for the many benefits of teamwork to be realized.

Patienthood and Communication is an engagingly personal narrative detailing the author’s experience living with, and adapting to, a degenerative and incurable eye disease (MacTel). Beyond the personal, this poignant story more broadly illustrates the ways in which communication enables individuals to adjust to serious health threats. Author and subject Peter Kellett highlights his important interactions with health care providers, family members, friends, colleagues, students, and others that provide shape to his journey. Kellett displays a compelling capacity for self-reflection in his descriptions of the life changes his vision loss imposes upon him, among them changes to his identity, in relationships and life plans. Adaptation and flexibility reveal themselves as central tenets of his learning to become a self-empowered patient. Perhaps the most crucial element to his adjustment is, however, positive communication, which is depicted throughout the book as the driving force in Kellett’s journey into patienthood.

Throughout the modern era the figure of the child has consistently reflected adult concerns about industrialisation, urbanisation, technology, consumerism and capitalism. Children represent a symbolic retreat from modern life, culturally aligned with fairy tales, medievalism, animals and nature. Yet children also embody the future and are often identified with the most contemporary forms of popular culture. This book explores how products for children navigate such contradictions by investigating the history and textuality of three major forms of modern media: cinema, television and digital games. Case studies – including Wallace and Gromit, Teletubbies, Horrible Histories, Little Big Planet and Disney Infinity – are used to illustrate the complex intersections between children’s culture and modernity. Cinema – so closely associated with the emergence of modernity and mass popular culture – has had to negotiate its relationship with child audiences and depictions of childhood, often concealing its connection with modernity in the process. In contrast, television’s incorporation into family home-centred, post-war modernity resulted in children being clearly positioned as the audience for this domestic entertainment. The latter decades of the twentieth century saw the promotion of home computers as educational tools for training future generations, capitalising on positive alignments between children and technologies, while digital games’ narrative references, aesthetics and merchandise established the new medium as a form of children’s culture.

New York, 2017. VIII, 296 pp. New York, 2018. XX, 326 pp., 9 b/w ill., 8 tables

Health Communication. Vol. 13

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4789-0

ISBN 978-1-4331-3831-7

Oxford, 2017. VIII, 296 pp.

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4794-4 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3830-0 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4795-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4574-2

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-3-0343-1991-1 CHF 85.– / €D 72.95 / €A 74.70 / € 67.90 / £ 55.– / US-$ 82.95 ISBN 978-1-78707-410-1

CHF 90.– / €D 80.95 / €A 81.50 / € 67.90 / £ 55.– / US-$ 82.95


53

Media and Communication

Carol M. Liebler • Tim P. Vos (eds.)

Tim Markham • Scott Rodgers (eds.)

Media Scholarship in a Transitional Age

Conditions of Mediation

Research in Honor of Pamela J. Shoemaker Media Scholarship in a Transitional Age honors the significant and lasting contribution that Pamela J. Shoemaker has made to mass communications research. Her body of work, spanning four decades, has included groundbreaking conceptual and methodological advances, particularly in the areas of gatekeeping, survey research and content analysis. The chapters in this collection build upon her legacy in both theory and method, and particularly in the area of news research. At the heart of the book are chapters that apply concepts found in Shoemaker’s earliest work, such as deviance and newsworthiness, and extend theories such as gatekeeping and agenda-setting into the digital era. Empirical analyses on topics such as international and political news provide insights into journalism in these transitional times. Additional chapters explore digital media and the «mediated method». The closing section, Reflections on the Transitional Age, includes two chapters that pay homage to Shoemaker’s contributions through discussion of the importance of theory and research from a personal perspective. The final chapter challenges academics to consider the implications of the digital era for scholarly creativity. A collection with wide appeal to all media scholars, Media Scholarship in a Transitional Age is particularly well-suited to graduate student seminars on mass communications theory, media sociology and news scholarship.

Phenomenological Perspectives on Media Phenomenology has become one of the most important philosophical traditions underpinning recent theory and research on new media, whether or not the word is used explicitly. Conditions of Mediation brings together, for the first time in a single publication, the diversity of phenomenological media research—from social platforms and wearable media to diasporic identity formation and the ethics of consumer technologies. The new orthodoxy in media studies emphasizes the experience of media—whether as forms, texts, technics or protocols—marking a departure from traditional approaches preoccupied with media content or its structural contexts. But phenomenologically informed approaches go beyond merely asking what people do with media. They ask a more profound question: what constitutes the conditions of mediated experience in the first place? Beginning with an accessible introduction, this book invites readers to explore a wide range of phenomenological perspectives on media via two critical dialogues involving key thinkers alongside a series of theoretically sophisticated and empirically grounded chapters. In so doing, interdisciplinary media studies is brought into conversation with the work of philosophers such as Edmund Husserl, Martin Heidegger and Maurice Merleau-Ponty, as well as phenomenologically-inspired thinkers such as Erving Goffman, Pierre Bourdieu, Tim Ingold, Henri Lefebvre, Friedrich Kittler, Marshall McLuhan and Bernard Stiegler.

Seda Mengü • Pınar Aslan • Derya Gül Ünlü (eds.)

Storytelling in all Aspects The main objective of this book is to highlight the most effective use of storytelling in several areas related to communication and the media. Thus, gender studies, political communication, digital media, advertising, crisis communication and PR activities as well as corporate social responsibility have been surveyed with regard to storytelling. The topics covered are: the use of storytelling techniques in advertisements from a gender perspective, storytelling in global advertising, storytelling in corporate social responsibility campaigns through social media, storytelling in Public Relations, storytelling in crisis communication, ‘storytelling’ in the construction of political power: Image creation for political leaders in Turkey.

New York, 2018. XVIII, 338 pp., 18 b/w ill., 26 tables Mass Communication and Journalism. Vol. 25

New York, 2017. X, 258 pp.

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4772-2

ISBN 978-1-4331-3470-8

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 96 pp., 4 tables, 1 fig.

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4777-7 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3469-2 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-07220-4 CHF 49.– / €D 43.95 / €A 44.80 / € 37.30 / £ 31.– / US-$ 44.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4778-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4539-1904-0

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-3-631-68105-3 CHF 47.– / €D 39.95 / €A 41.– / € 37.30 / £ 31.– / US-$ 44.95


54

Media and Communication

Shaun Moores

Tal Morse

Barbara Mueller

Digital Orientations

The Mourning News

Non-Media-Centric Media Studies and Non-Representational Theories of Practice

Reporting Violent Death in a Global Age

Dynamics of International Advertising

Might it be possible to rearticulate the term digital in digital media, so that it refers at least as much to the deft movements or orientations of hands and fingers (of digits) as it does to the new media technologies themselves? What if digital media are understood as manual media? Has the academic field of media studies tended to focus too much on media, and not enough on the practices and experiences of daily living that help to give media their meaningfulness? What if media researchers were to pay more attention to knowledgein-movement or to matters of orientation and habitation, and rather less to those of symbolic representation and cognitive interpretation? Digital Orientations is a bold call for non-media-centric media studies (and ultimately for everyday-life studies) with a nonrepresentational theoretical emphasis. The author engages here with a broad range of work from across the humanities and social sciences, drawing on Merleau-Ponty’s phenomenological philosophy, Ingold’s anthropology, the geographies of Massey, Seamon and Thrift, and the sociologies of Bourdieu, Sudnow and Urry.

A conventional wisdom in media studies is that «when it bleeds it leads». The media love violence and from the newsroom perspective, negative news is good news. Violent death often makes it to the headlines, and mass violent death events often become media events that receive immediate continuous attention worldwide. However, reporting violent death is not only about sending information, but also about the maintenance of society. News about violent death functions as media rituals which elicit grief and inform a sense of care and belonging. Accordingly, this book takes a broader sociological and anthropological approach to considering the role of death and the media in organising social life in a global age. Based on literature on solidarity and social cohesion, death rituals, media rituals, and journalism studies, this book examines whether and how the performance of the media at the occurrence of mass violent death events informs solidarity and interconnectedness on a cosmopolitan level. The book develops the analytics of grievability as an analytical framework that unpacks the ways in which news about death constructs grievable death and articulates relational ties between spectators and sufferers. The book employs the analytics of grievability in a comparative manner and analyses the coverage of three different case studies (terror attack, war and natural disaster) by two transnational news networks (BBC World News and Al-Jazeera English).

Theoretical and Practical Perspectives, 3rd Edition Now in its third edition, Dynamics of International Advertising highlights the unique challenges marketers face in developing and implementing successful international advertising campaigns. With a balance of theoretical and practical perspectives, this edition takes the reader inside the dynamics of advertising as it functions within the international marketing mix. Updated with the most recent statistical information as well as current examples and case studies, the text addresses the key issues that advertisers must keep in mind when creating effective communication programs for foreign markets: cultural norms and values, political and legal environments, economic policies, social contexts and more. Both the process and product of international advertising are addressed, from research and strategy development to creative execution and media planning. Ethical concerns are highlighted as well. Dynamics of International Advertising is a comprehensive text for upperdivision undergraduate or graduate level courses dealing with international advertising. It can also serve as a supplemental text for courses in international marketing as well as for introductory advertising, marketing or mass communication courses seeking to expand coverage of the international dimension.

New York, 2018. XVII, 268 pp., 8 b/w ill., 1 table Global Crises and the Media. Vol. 23 New York, 2018. XVI, 194 pp.

hb.

Digital Formations. Vol. 101

ISBN 978-1-4331-4464-6

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

New York, 2017. XII, 354 pp.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4566-7 CHF 118.– / €D 102.95 / €A 105.40 / € 95.80 / £ 77.– / US-$ 114.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4463-9 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4465-3 CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4539-1914-9 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4564-3

CHF 42.– / €D 36.95 / €A 37.60 / € 34.20 / £ 28.– / US-$ 40.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-2759-5 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


55

Media and Communication

Gene Segarra Navera

Paula M. Poindexter

Leara D. Rhodes

The Rhetoric of PNoy

Millennials, News, and Social Media

Peace Through Media

Is News Engagement a Thing of the Past?

This book equips students and practicing journalists with information on why and how to implement a course of action for Peace Journalism. Secondary literature and primary examples are used within all chapters to offer a personal examination of the importance of applying concepts of Peace Journalism in the field as journalists cover conflict. Peace Through Media also identifies how journalism and political science are merging in areas related to conflict resolution. By understanding how both the journalists and the political scientists think about Peace Journalism, collaboration may follow and the benefits of finding peaceful resolutions to conflicts may be a possibility.

Image, Myth, and Rhetorical Citizenship in Philippine Presidential Speeches Political speeches don’t just mirror what transpires in the world; they have the potential to change people’s minds, move them into action, reinforce existing assumptions, and reshape cultures. They define public participation and are the ‘nexus points’ of disparate discourses, both nationally and globally. Because of their power to sustain the status quo or effect change, speeches warrant public attention and careful study. To examine them is to understand how they are crafted, what elements they possess, and how these elements come together to affect their audience. This volume analyzes selected speeches delivered by Benigno ‘Noynoy’ Simeon C. Aquino III, President of the Republic of the Philippines from 2010 to 2016. They are speeches that have been used to shape public perception, gain support, and build identification between Aquino’s presidency and his audience. By mobilizing the concepts of presidential image, myth, metaphors, and rhetorical citizenship, readers are guided through a process of examining the rhetorical trajectory of the Philippine presidency, how a president’s discourse has attempted to shape Philippine socio-political reality, and how the evolving milieu the president has found himself in shapes his discourse.

New York, 2018. X, 178 pp. Frontiers in Political Communication. Vol. 32 hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4829-3

Revised and Updated Edition Five years after the first edition of Millennials, News, and Social Media: Is News Engagement a Thing of the Past? was published, a focus on the Millennial generation’s relationship with news is more important than ever. This revised and updated book reports the results of a new survey that reveals changes in news consumption habits and attitudes while painting a detailed portrait of Millennials in a news media landscape now dominated by social media and mobile devices. Generational, racial, ethnic, and gender differences in news engagement and social media use are examined and so is the historic presidential election that the oldest and youngest Millennials experienced. How Millennials voted, the issues that mattered, and the relationship between their political identity and news is also explored. The spread of fake news, attacks on the press, and the need for news literacy are also discussed. Since the publication of the book’s first edition, Snapchat and digital subscriptions have emerged and social media sites have become popular platforms for news. How Millennials have responded to these changes in the media landscape is also examined. Finally, recommendations for further improvement of news coverage of Millennials are proposed. Plus, the book underscores how all segments of society, including news organizations, journalism schools, and tech companies, can work toward a more informed and news literate society, a requirement for viable democracies. This revised and updated book will appeal to students, scholars, journalists, and everyone who cares about informed and civically engaged citizens and a strong democracy. New York, 2018. XX, 216 pp., 5 b/w ill., 29 tables

New York, 2018. XII, 202 pp.

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4830-9 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-5003-6 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4831-6 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-5005-0 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4539-1685-8 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3024-3 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95


56

Media and Communication

Anna Roosvall • Matthew Tegelberg

Emily D. Ryalls

Adrienne Shaw • D. Travers Scott (eds.)

Media and Transnational Climate Justice

The Culture of Mean

Interventions

Representing Bullies and Victims in Popular Culture

Communication Research and Practice

Indigenous Activism and Climate Politics Media and Transnational Climate Justice captures the intriguing nexus of globalization, crisis, justice, activism and news communication, at a time when radical measures are increasingly demanded to address one of the most pressing global issues: climate change. Anna Roosvall and Matthew Tegelberg take a unique approach to climate justice by focusing on transnational rather than international aspects, thereby contributing to the development of theories of justice for a global age, as well as in relation to media studies. The book specifically explores the roles, situations and activism of indigenous peoples who do not have full representation at UN climate summits despite being among those most exposed to injustices pertaining to climate change, as well as to injustices relating to politics and media coverage. This book thus scrutinizes political and ideological dimensions of the global phenomenon of climate change through interviews and observations with indigenous activists at UN climate summits, in combination with extensive empirical research conducted on legacy and social media coverage of climate change and indigenous peoples. The authors conclude by discussing transnational solidarity and suggest a solidarian mode of communication as a response to both the global crisis of climate change and the broader issues of injustice faced by indigenous peoples regarding redistribution, recognition and political representation.

The Culture of Mean is the first book-length feminist critical exploration of representations of youth bullying in media. Bringing into conversation scholarship on feminism, media, new communication technologies, surveillance, gender, race, sexuality, and class, Emily D. Ryalls critically examines the explosion of discourse about youth bullying that has occurred in the United States during the last two decades. Countering the monolithic and extreme cultural reaction to narratives about bullying, Ryalls argues that, while it seems common sense to view bullying as always wrong and dangerous, not all aggression is bullying and it is problematic to assume so, because it becomes very difficult to differentiate between healthy conflict and unhealthy (potentially violent) torment. Moreover, since the label «bullying» often does not differentiate between teasing, conflict, sexual harassment, and violence, increasingly the most common way to deal with young people accused of bullying is to criminalize their actions. Through an analysis of books, film, television, and journalistic accounts of bullying, The Culture of Mean shows how constructions of bullying in popular culture create an overly simplistic binary of good and bad people. This process individualizes the problem of bullying and disallows a more complex understanding of the structural issues at work by suggesting that putting an end to bullying simply requires incarcerating those evil teens who are prone to bullying behaviors.

New York, 2018. XX, 214 pp., 1 b/w ill., 5 coloured ill., 8 tables

New York, 2018. XII, 184 pp.

Global Crises and the Media. Vol. 22

Mediated Youth. Vol. 30

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3488-3

This volume brings together a range of papers that fruitfully engage with the theme of the 2017 Annual Conference of the International Communication Association, held in San Diego, California: Interventions. Here «intervention» points to a range of communication practices that engage with a political event, social phenomena, industrial or socio-cultural practice, in order to alter and disrupt events and the norms and practices that contribute to their occurrence. Interventions prohibit events from proceeding in a «normal» course. Interventions approach or critique practices and phenomenon resulting from tensions or absences occurring in: events, structures, (institutional governmental, media industry), discourses, and socio-cultural and subcultural events. Intervention presents the opportunity to explore boundaries, assumptions and strategies that appear to be different or irreconcilable, viewing them instead as possibilities for productive engagements. Communication interventions—in both research and practice—insert insights from diverse voices, marginal positions, emerging organizational practices and digital technologies, to broaden and enrich dialogue. Interventions bring complex reframings to events and phenomenon. Interventions seek to alter a course and effect changed practices in a range of spheres: governmental and social institutions, cultural and nongovernmental groups; industry and organizational life, new media and digital spaces, socio-cultural environments, subcultural groups, health environments, affective and behavioral life, and in everyday life. New York, 2018. XII, 290 pp., 5 b/w ill., 7 tables ICA International Communication Association. Annual Conference Theme Book Series. Vol. 5

ISBN 978-1-4331-4619-0

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4816-3

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.9

CHF 93.– / €D 80.95 / €A 82.50 / € 75.– / £ 60.– / US-$ 89.95

CHF 129.– / €D 111.95 / €A 114.60 / € 104.20 / £ 84.– / US-$ 124.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3487-6 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4618-3 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4620-6 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.– / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4599-5

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4815-6 CHF 50.– / €D 42.95 / €A 44.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4817-0 CHF 52.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.– / € 40.– / £ 32.– / US-$ 47.95


57

Media and Communication

Ignacio Siles

Andrew R. Smith • Isaac E. Catt • Igor E. Klyukanov (eds.)

Networked Selves Trajectories of Blogging in the United States and France Networked Selves is an original analysis of one of the most defining cultural features of our time: how people turn to the Web to construct a public self. It examines the trajectory of a practice that embodies this sociocultural shift in fundamental ways: blogging. The book traces the evolution of the Web as a means to publicly perform a self through an analysis of the emergence, development, and transformation of blogging from the mid-1990s to the early years of the 2010s. It discusses processes that have shaped practices of subjectivity on the Web over two decades in two countries: the United States and France. Through this comparative analysis, the book shows that the cultural identity of blogging as a practice of subjectivity in these countries is neither inevitable nor neutral. Instead, it demonstrates that the development of the Web required the forging of various articulations between specific conceptions of self, publicness, and technology. These articulations were responses to both transformations in the daily life of actors and larger economic, political, and cultural processes—notably neoliberalization. The book also explains how the cultural imaginary around blogs came into being in the United States and how it has also functioned as a model for actors in other countries, such as France. Networked Selves discusses how and why actors in the technology field in France have gradually abandoned traditional makers of exceptionalism that were key in the development of the country’s national identity and favored notions that characterize the United States instead.

Communicology for the Human Sciences Lanigan and the Philosophy of Communication This edited volume develops the philosophy of communication inspired by the scholarship of Richard L. Lanigan, with emphasis on communicology as a human science. Lanigan’s syntheses of the philosophies of speech, language and discourse stemming from the works of Edmund Husserl, Maurice MerleauPonty, Michel Foucault, Julia Kristeva, Charles Sanders Peirce, Roman Jakobson, Umberto Eco, Pierre Bourdieu, Jurgen Reusch and Gregory Bateson, and many others offers a compelling framework for systematic analysis of human communication in all domains of lived experience. His work defines the theory and method of the human sciences in general and the discipline of communicology in particular. The focus in this collection is on the theoretical and methodological foundations for semiotic phenomenology whereby communication is recognized as constitutive of all human conscious experience and social relationships, involving gestural, nonverbal, discursive, performative, artistic, poetic and mass mediated forms.

Conversing with Cancer How to Ask Questions, Find and Share Information, and Make the Best Decisions With more than 40% of people eventually facing a cancer diagnosis, Conversing with Cancer is a much-needed addition to understanding and improving cancer care through strong communication among providers, patients, and caregivers. Each person whose life is affected by a cancer diagnosis—patient, healthcare provider, caregiver—has information and needs information in order to make the best decisions possible under the circumstances. After studying and writing about the topics of communication and cancer for many years separately, authors Lisa Sparks and Anna Leahy combine their expertise in this new tour de force. Here, they apply principles from the field of health communication to the cancer care experience, drawing from a wide range of scholarship to offer a comprehensive view of cancer care communication and extend existing work into new insights. Engaging chapters cover all phases of the journey through cancer, from prevention to recovery or endof-life; analyze the roles of the variety of cultural and social identities and relationships; and explore written, verbal, non-verbal, and electronic communication. In addition, this book draws from the real-life stories of cancer patients themselves to enrich the book’s unique discussions and to better understand how theory can be put into practice. Conversing with Cancer is ideal for use in health communication classes, medical and nursing ­programs, and formal caregiver training. New York, 2018. 268 pp.

New York, 2017. XIV, 222 pp. Digital Formations. Vol. 111 hb.

Lisa Sparks • Anna Leahy

ISBN 978-1-4331-4708-1

New York, 2017. XL, 514 pp., 14 b/w ill., 2 tables

Language as Social Action. Vol. 22

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4374-8

ISBN 978-1-4331-3354-1

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

CHF 94.– / €D 85.90 / €A 86.– / € 115.35 / £ 58.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4709-8 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4115-7 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4114-0 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-3900-0 CHF 55.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4711-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3353-4 CHF 36.– / €D 32.– / €A 32.90 / € 29.95 / £ 24.– / US-$ 52.95


58

Media and Communication

Lance Strate

Robert E. Terrill (ed.)

Judy VanSlyke Turk • Jean Valin (eds.)

Media Ecology

Reconsidering Obama

An Approach to Understanding the Human Condition

Reflections on Rhetoric

Public Relations Case Studies from Around the World

Media Ecology: An Approach to Understanding the Human Condition provides a long-awaited and much anticipated introduction to media ecology, a field of inquiry defined as the study of media as environments. Lance Strate presents a clear and concise explanation of an intellectual tradition concerned with much more than understanding media, but rather with understanding the conditions that shape us as human beings, drive human history, and determine the prospects for our survival as a species. Much more than a summary, this book represents a new synthesis that moves the field forward in a manner that is both unique and unprecedented, and simultaneously grounded in an unparalleled grasp of media ecology’s intellectual foundations and its relation to other disciplines. Taking as its subject matter «life, the universe, and everything,» Strate describes the field as interdisciplinary and communication-centered, provides a detailed explication of McLuhan’s famous aphorism, «the medium is the message,» and explains that the human condition can only be understood in the context of our biophysical, technological, and symbolic environments.

Second Edition

Perhaps no other presidential candidate or sitting president has attracted as much attention from rhetorical critics as Barack Obama. Much of this work was conceived and written during Obama’s initial presidential campaign, or relatively early in his two terms in office. This book provides rhetorical critics an opportunity to revisit their published work on Obama in light of events that have occurred since its publication. In each chapter, these eminent critics begin by summarizing the analysis and conclusions in their original essays on Obama, and then reflect on their previous conclusions, revising or extending them in response to developments since the publication of the original work. The chapters provide a glimpse into the inventional strategies of practicing critics and into some of the ways that that critical insights may evolve over time. Scholars rarely have an opportunity to publish essays that reflect on their own previous work, even though few resources can be of greater use to both beginning critics and to established scholars seeking to continue to hone and reflect on their critical practice. This book, then, makes an important contribution not only to the existing literature on the 44th president of the United States, but also and perhaps most significantly to the study of the art and craft of rhetorical criticism.

The case studies in this book, many of which have won national or international awards, represent an impressive scope of public relations practice—from public diplomacy to corporate social responsibility to crisis communications to social justice issues and special events. These chapters take a significant step toward overcoming the dearth of published case studies in public relations beyond North America. Written by established scholars and professionals who had access to some of the world’s most intriguing and influential cases of organizational communication, these studies will be of tremendous interest to all who teach, study, and practice public relations around the world.

New York, 2017. XVI, 258 pp., 8 b/w fig.

New York, 2017. XX, 192 pp.

Understanding Media Ecology. Vol. 1

Frontiers in Political Communication. Vol. 34

New York, 2017. XX, 386 pp.

hb.

hb.

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3122-6

ISBN 978-1-4331-3472-2

ISBN 978-1-4331-4554-4

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3121-9 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3471-5 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-4331-4551-3 CHF 71.– / €D 64.95 / €A 65.– / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4005-1

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4394-6

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3454-8 CHF 67.– / €D 57.95 / €A 59.60 / € 54.20 / £ 44.– / US-$ 64.95


59

Media and Communication

Lars Willnat • David H. Weaver • G. Cleveland Wilhoit

The American Journalist in the Digital Age A Half-Century Perspective More than a decade has passed since the last comprehensive survey of U.S. journalists was carried out in 2002 by scholars at Indiana University—and the news and the journalists who produce it have undergone dramatic changes and challenges. The American Journalist in the Digital Age is based on interviews with a national probability sample of nearly 1,100 U.S. journalists in the fall of 2013 to document the tremendous changes that have occurred in U.S. journalism in the past decade, many of them due to the rise of new communication technologies and social media. This survey of journalists updates the findings from previous studies and asks new questions about the impact of new technologies and social media in the newsroom, and it includes more nontraditional online journalists than the previous studies.

Jingwei Wu

Private and Public on Social Network Sites Differences and Similarities between Germany and China in a Globalized World This book explores the boundary between «the private» and «the public» on Social Network Sites based on the sociability framework. The author analyses the roles of social norms and influences, benefits, and risks/costs, on the behaviors of SNSs users through models based on Social Exchange Theory, Social Penetration Theory and Communication Privacy Management Theory. She reviews different notions of «the private» and «the public» and selects the sociability framework to investigate the distinction between private and public. The author uses this theoretical framework to conduct online surveys and interviews with selected SNSs users in Germany and China and concludes that the clear boundary of «the private» and «the public» on SNSs is a result of acts of disclosure and/or withdrawal of personal information and political opinions. Globalization and mediatization contribute to similarities among different countries but do not erase the differences in their respective boundaries.

Michael Zimmer • Katharina Kinder-Kurlanda (eds.)

Internet Research Ethics for the Social Age New Challenges, Cases, and Contexts The continuous evolution of internet and related social media technologies and platforms have opened up vast new means for communication, socialization, expression, and collaboration. They also have provided new resources for researchers seeking to explore, observe, and measure human opinions, activities, and interactions. However, those using the internet and social media for research – and those tasked with facilitating and monitoring ethical research such as ethical review boards – are confronted with a continuously expanding set of ethical dilemmas. Internet Research Ethics for the Social Age: New Challenges, Cases, and Contexts directly engages with these discussions and debates, and stimulates new ways to think about – and work towards resolving – the novel ethical dilemmas we face as internet and social media-based research continues to evolve. The chapters in this book – from an esteemed collection of global scholars and researchers – offer extensive reflection about current internet research ethics and suggest some important reframings of well-known concepts such as justice, privacy, consent, and research validity, as well as providing concrete case studies and emerging research contexts to learn from.

New York, 2017. XXXIV, 312 pp.

New York, 2017. XXVIII, 444 pp., 117 b/w ill.

Digital Formations. Vol. 108

Mass Communication and Journalism. Vol. 17

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 242 pp., 17 b/w ill., 22 tables

hb.

European University Studies. Series 40: Communication. Vol. 109

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2827-1 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-68103-9 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-07222-8 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-2828-8

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4433-2

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4267-3

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4266-6 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4268-0

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95


60

Media and Communication

Florian Zollmann

Media, Propaganda and the Politics of Intervention Prominent media scholars have argued that the dissemination of propaganda is an important function of the news media. Yet, despite public controversies about ‘fake news’ and ‘misinformation’, there has been very little discussion on techniques of propaganda. Building on critical theory, most notably Herman and Chomsky’s Propaganda Model, Florian Zollmann’s pioneering study brings propaganda back to the forefront of the debate. On the basis of a forensic examination of 1,911 newspaper articles, Zollmann investigates US, UK and German media reporting of the military operations in Kosovo, Iraq, Libya, Syria and Egypt. The book demonstrates how ‘humanitarian intervention’ and ‘R2P’ are only evoked in the news media if so called ‘enemy’ countries of Western states are the perpetrators of human rights violations. Zollmann’s work evidences that the news media plays a crucial propaganda role in facilitating a selective process of shaming during the build-up towards military interventions. This process has led to an erosion of internationally agreed norms of non-intervention, as enshrined in the UN Charter.

New York, 2017. XIV, 276 pp. hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2824-0

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 pb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-2823-3 CHF 44.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.40 / € 35.80 / £ 29.– / US-$ 42.95 eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-3940-6

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95


61

Political Science

Political Science

Korwa G. Adar • Giovanni Finizio • Angela Meyer (eds.)

Building Regionalism from Below The Role of Parliaments and Civil Society in Regional Integration in Africa This edited book provides a comprehensive and comparative analytical overview of parliamentary bodies and civil society in Africa, both at the regional and national level, and their role in the ongoing regionalisation processes on the African continent. Gathering contributions from African and European experts, the book offers a collection of actual and historical facts and information, critically analyses the evolution, potential and effective place of parliamentary bodies and civil society in the context and development of regional cooperation and integration, and discusses major challenges that still need to be overcome.

Claudio Giulio Anta

Albert Einstein The Roads to Pacifism Albert Einstein (1879–1955) is universally known as the father of the theory of relativity; however, he was also one of the most eminent pacifists of the first half of the twentieth century. Through his active, pragmatic and nuanced breed of pacifism, he sought to confront the dilemmas and problems stemming from the unstable political conditions of his time: the beginning of the Great War, the creation and failure of the League of Nations, the emergence of totalitarian regimes, the outbreak of the Second World War, the dawn of the Atomic Age, the escalation of the Cold War, the establishment of the United Nations with its apparent institutional weakness and the need for a world government. His reflections on the subject of peace led him into dialogue with the most prestigious figures of the political and cultural world: from Romain Rolland to Bertrand Russell via Georg Friedrich Nicolai, Sigmund Freud, King Albert I of Belgium, Léo Szilárd, Emery Reves and Franklin Delano Roosevelt (amongst others). This dialogue is further emphasized by the book’s final section, an anthology of Einstein’s writings and speeches, which significantly enriches this study.

Oxford, 2017. X, 248 pp., 1 b/w ill. Bruxelles, 2018. 339 pp., 5 b/w fig., 2 tables Federalism. Vol. 9

Studies in the History of Religious and Political Pluralism. Vol. 10

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0548-0 CHF 56.– / €D 47.95 / €A 49.50 / € 45.– / £ 37.– / US-$ 54.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78707-944-1 CHF 73.– / €D 66.95 / €A 66.70 / € 55.60 / £ 45.– / US-$ 67.95

ISBN 978-2-8076-0549-7 CHF 59.– / €D 53.95 / €A 54.– / € 45.– / £ 37.– / US-$ 54.95

ISBN 978-1-78707-943-4 CHF 70.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.20 / € 55.60 / £ 45.– / US-$ 67.95


62

Political Science

David Betge

Elena Borin

Determinants, Consequences and Perspectives of Land Reform Politics in Newly Industrializing Countries

Public-Private Partnership in the Cultural Sector

A Comparison of the Indian and the South African Case This comparative case study addresses central determinants of inequalities that persist in India and South Africa. The particular focus of the study is on programs aiming at the redistribution of land to the landless poor and these programs’ consequences. The central question is why extreme inequalities persist despite land redistribution programs that have been in place for decades and what role different actors and dominant ideas play in this. Beyond this empirical focus, the study transcends theoretical cleavages in the social sciences by following the basic ideas of Giddens’ Structurational Theory. An actor-centred approach is chosen as the primary tool for analysis. It is complemented with a structurational approach to discourse analysis for a detailed analysis of actors’ preferences.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 419 pp., 5 b/w ill., 25 b/w tables

A Comparative Analysis of European Models This book contributes to the debate on the emerging governance systems and management models of the cultural sector by means of a comparative analysis of significant case studies of public-private partnerships in Europe. The research focuses on the development of public-private collaborations over the last five decades and investigates the emergence of multi-stakeholder partnerships in the cultural and creative field. The results of the analysis are interpreted in light of the discussion on the need to create integrated cultural systems at a local level that bring together cultural organizations, public authorities, citizens and communities. These territorial cultural ecosystems could unlock the potential of the cultural and creative sector and stimulate new ways to promote the cultural identity of the territory, giving a new role to cultural and creative organizations.

Bruxelles, 2017. 226 pp., 43 b/w ill., 18 tables

Tai-uk Chung • Zhuldyz Sairambaeva • Pierre Chabal (eds.)

On The Asian and European Origins of Legal and Political Systems Views from Korea, Kazakhstan and France This book analyses the legal and political systems of three different regions of the Asian/ Eurasian continent. More precisely it compares the origins of such systems as both the ancient foundations inherited from the past and the founding principles of modern systems today. It suggests that the European constructions, the East-Asian dynamics and the Centralasian transitions, often studied separately or at best in a comparison of only two of them, ought to be approached as three variations on a theme. The value for the readers and the challenge for the authors is to situate these origins within both legal norms and traditions, whether Latin or Asian, as well as within modern Anglo-Saxon common-law dimensions and remnants of the Soviet system. After Le régionalisme et ses limites (Peter Lang, 2016) and Mutations de société et réponses du droit (Peter Lang, 2017), this book furthers international, comparative research presented at conferences in Kazakhstan in 2014, France in 2016 and Korea in 2017. It covers i) law and politics in modern State-building, ii) formation and development of civil and economic law, iii) constitutionalism in Asia and in Europe, iv) international law and international relations.

Bruxelles, 2018. 300 pp., 6 tables, 2 coloured ill.

Berliner Studien zur Politik in Afrika. Vol. 20

Cultural Management and Cultural Policy Education. Vol. 4

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-73054-6 CHF 81.– / €D 69.95 / €A 71.90 / € 65.40 / £ 54.– / US-$ 78.95

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0367-7 CHF 45.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.60 / € 36.– / £ 30.– / US-$ 43.95

pb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-2-8076-0406-3 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.20 / € 36.– / £ 30.– / US-$ 43.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-2-8076-0733-0 CHF 51.– / €D 48.95 / €A 49.20 / € 41.– / £ 34.– / US-$ 49.95

ISBN 978-3-631-73055-3

CHF 86.– / €D 77.95 / €A 78.50 / € 65.40 / £ 54.– / US-$ 78.95

Cultures juridiques et politiques. Vol. 13 ISBN 978-2-8076-0732-3 CHF 51.– / €D 43.95 / €A 45.10 / € 41.– / £ 34.– / US-$ 49.95


63

Political Science

Earl Conteh-Morgan

Lenka Dražanová

The Sino-African Partnership

Education and Tolerance

A Geopolitical Economy Approach

A Comparative Quantitative Analysis of the Educational Effect on Tolerance

The Sino-African Partnership portrays with rigor and clarity the relationship between China and Africa by delving into the geopolitical, geo-economic, and sociocultural dynamics that underlie the extensive and deepening «South-South» cooperation between the two. The analysis highlights China’s role in the partnership by underscoring its geostrategy, multidimensional approach, and the nature of its power projection in a continent of nation-states with differing geo-strategic importance and resource endowments. Supported by a rich texture of recent historical, political, and economic insights and interactions between China and Africa reflecting established knowledge, the book also delves deep into the impact on China of globalization imperatives following the end of the Cold War and its focus on ideological rivalry. Graduate and undergraduate students, China-Africa scholars, and general readers interested in a new perspective on the relationship between the two entities will find this essential and interesting reading. It is a unique and multidimensional examination of bilateral and multilateral cooperation, relationships, and profound development in global politics between two significant developing actors. There are new insights in this study into China’s power projection into Africa and the global reactions spawned by its many activities.

This book examines to what extent the effect of education on political and social tolerance varies cross-nationally. It gives an inventory of micro- and macro- level factors moderating this effect. The empirical analysis is based on comparative surveys across 24 and 33 countries at two time points. Results indicate that the positive effect of education does not always overcome the negative effects of personality characteristics and low socio-economic status. Moreover, education contributes to more tolerant views only in countries with certain political, socio-economic and cultural background. Overall, the book argues that there are several micro- and macro-level conditions that should be fulfilled before one may proclaim education as the universal problem solver.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 288 pp., 91 b/w ill., 1 coloured ill., 18 tables

Adnan Efendic • Bojana Babic • Anna Rebmann

Social capital, migration, ethnic diversity and economic performance Multidisciplinary evidence from SouthEast Europe This interdisciplinary book brings an empirical evidence that social capital is an important building block in the reintegration processes, migration challenges and economic dynamism of the SEE communities. Such a conclusion opposes the common belief that (re)establishing social relations in a post-ethnic conflict environment is difficult, or sometimes even impossible. These are indeed societies where trust in people and institutions remains low, but it is often replaced with other forms of social capital emerging on a daily basis, within and between different population strata, either formally but often informally. Most people who know the region are aware that formal and state institutions in SouthEast Europe enjoy very low levels of trust. Nearly everybody loves to point to ethnicity as the causal factor behind every difficulty. The authors of this groundbreaking study explore two basic questions: how do people meet their needs and the needs of others when official institutions do not function? And how do members of different ethnic groups experience the role of others and cross symbolic boundaries? The answers, constructed out of empirical evidence using a variety of methods, point to the crucial importance of social capital as an everyday resource, and to the essential role of ethnic, national, and religious diversity in enhancing people’s life chances in an unstable environment.

Bern, 2017. 183 pp., 1 b/w ill., 1 coloured ill., 5 b/w tables

New York, 2018. XVI, 246 pp., 7 b/w ill.

Warsaw Studies in Politics and Society. Vol. 5

Interdisciplinary Studies on Central and Eastern Europe. Vol. 20

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4727-2 CHF 103.– / €D 89.95 / €A 91.70 / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-71864-3 CHF 70.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.60 / € 56.10 / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-71865-0 CHF 73.– / €D 66.95 / €A 67.30 / € 56.10 / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4975-7

CHF 108.– / €D 99.95 / €A 100.– / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95

ISBN 978-3-0343-2772-5 CHF 66.– / €D 56.95 / €A 58.30 / € 53.– / £ 44.– / US-$ 63.95 ISBN 978-3-0343-2773-2

CHF 69.– / €D 62.95 / €A 63.60 / € 53.– / £ 44.– / US-$ 63.95


64

Political Science

Augie Fleras

Paal J. Frisvold

Jacek Giedrojć

Citizenship in a Transnational Canada

Towards Europe

Competition, Coordination, Social Order

Citizenship in a Transnational Canada offers a distinct look at the prospect of rethinking citizenship in a contested world of shifting narratives, evolving models, ongoing challenges, and future possibilities. The book’s central theme embodies a critical awareness that we no longer live in a national citizenship world but rather in one reorganized around the emergent realities, discourses, and practices of a postcitizenship world that is reshaping how we think, talk, and do citizenship. A new vocabulary is thus required for thinking, talking, and doing citizenship if there is any hope of formulating a narrative consistent with a world of posts, trans, and isms. The book is also premised on the assumption that the citizenship concept is experiencing an identity crisis («what it is?») and a crisis of confidence («what should it be doing?») in an increasingly diverse, changing, and complex world, disenchanted with the certainties of the past although unsure of what lies in store. New citizenship narratives and practices are emerging that not only challenge the conventional citizenship model of a single nation-state within a territorially bounded framework but also capitalize on the complexities of transmigrant identities across a networked web of transnational linkages, postnational realities, and a postmulticultural world of diverse-diversities. No less salient are the postcolonial politics that accompany the politicization of Indigenous peoples’ citizenship arrangements commensurate with their constitutional status as «the (de facto) sovereigns within».

The Story of a Reluctant Norway Does Norway belong to Western Europe? This provocative question, put to the head of the Norwegian delegation to the conference on the reconstruction of Europe after World War II, begins the history of Norwegian attitudes towards European integration. From 1905 to 1994, Norway opposed practically all types of European and international cooperation. Had Norway’s views gained traction, Europe and the world would look very different today. Towards Europe demonstrates how little Norwegians knew before the 1994 referendum about the EU Single Market and the European Economic Area (EEA). The book takes the reader behind the scenes of secret negotiations between the EU and Norway, giving an unprecedented insight into how the EEA works in practice. It illustrates with concrete examples Norway’s ability to articulate its views and to be heard in Brussels, from the perspective of both government and interest groups. It also looks at Norway’s potential to tackle future EU challenges such as the Energy Union, migration policies, transatlantic trade and the Banking Union. Towards Europe will provide the reader with pertinent insights into whether the EEA is a suitable alternative for Britain’s future relations with the EU. This edition includes an extra chapter on how to influence the EU from a non-member country.

Responsible Business, Civil Society, and Government in an Open Society The author analyses competition as one of four coordinating mechanisms helping agents mutually to orientate their actions, avoid chaos, and produce social order. Competition is a key dimension of developed societies. It helps to structure and is also conducive to social change. Competing agents constrain one another, making it hard for anyone to change their position. They discover new routines the best of which may later be institutionalized. Competition is a solvent of power but only in relatively equal societies. Entrenched wealth or status restricts competition, thus impoverishing social order. The author also evaluates the theory of competition to explore such topics as corporate social responsibility, relations between government, business and civil society, and reflexivity in social sciences.

Bruxelles, 2018. 231 pp. Europe des cultures / Europe of cultures. Vol. 16

New York, 2018. XIV, 236 pp.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 285 pp., 2 b/w ill. hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4996-2

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0372-1

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

CHF 38.– / €D 31.95 / €A 33.– / € 30.– / £ 25.– / US-$ 36.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4997-9

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-2-8076-0373-8 CHF 38.– / €D 35.95 / €A 36.– / € 30.– / £ 25.– / US-$ 36.95

Studies in Politics, Security and Society. Vol. 12 hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72179-7

CHF 70.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.60 / € 56.10 / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95


65

Political Science

Michał Głowacki • Alicja Jaskiernia (eds.)

Jule Goikoetxea

Wiesław Gumuła

Public Service Media Renewal

Privatizing Democracy

Adaptation to Digital Network Challenges

Global Ideals, European Politics and Basque Territories

On Property and Ownership Relations

This book analyses the adaptivity of public service media (PSM) to the digital network age. The authors use specific case studies and research initiatives, involving a variety of methodological and theoretical approaches, to argue that current changes in media and society offer a wide range of possibilities for PSM renewal. Changes in PSM are analysed through the lenses of shifts in users’ behavior and the growing importance of big data, machine mediation and developing partnership systems alongside other agents in the overall media ecology. The authors map the potential mental, regulatory, institutional and financial indicators which might restrict the ways in which PSM adapts. They argue that PSM renewal is possible as long as PSM policy-makers and managers both recognize and understand the drivers for, and obstacles to, change. «What is the role of Public Service Media in the digital era? While pundits either call for its abolishment or fend off any criticism, the present volume avoids simplistic answers and offers valuable inputs for academic and policy debates.» Manuel Puppis, University of Fribourg, Switzerland. «This volume presents a multi-layered analytical prism through the lenses of which conditions for public service media future may be viewed. An excellent source for media studies with country cases and general evaluation.» Andrei Richter, Office of the OSCE Representative on Freedom of the Media, Vienna, Austria.

Democratization is a process of collective emancipation through self-government. Continuous political contestation is essential for emancipation but, in order to know which strategies and conditions will emancipate us, we also need to know which ones subjugate us. Political mechanisms with the capacity to modulate our individual and collective bodies and make them docile tend to be close relatives of those which make us equal and free. Drawing on the latest theories concerning globalization and democracy, this book argues that postnational and postsovereign multilevel governance regimes, including the European Union, should be understood as mechanisms of global capitalism aimed at privatizing democracy. Through a detailed applied analysis of the Basque case, the author illustrates how democratization is closely linked to ideas about territory, collective empowerment and institutional political capacity. Democratization always takes place partially: it never «ends». Contrary to the dominant thinking, this book argues that the incomplete nature of democratization is a positive aspect, with perpetual conflict leading to perpetual change. This is precisely what allows, and obliges, each generation to shape its own forms of emancipation.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 252 pp., 8 b/w ill., 11 b/w tables

Oxford, 2017. X, 270 pp., 8 tables, 3 fig.

Studies in Communication and Politics. Vol. 6

Nationalisms across the Globe. Vol. 19

Polish Contemporary Philosophy and Philosophical Humanities. Vol. 12

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67728-5 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-2261-4 CHF 62.– / €D 52.95 / €A 54.40 / € 49.40 / £ 40.– / US-$ 60.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-07253-2 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78874-000-5 CHF 65.– / €D 58.95 / €A 59.30 / € 49.40 / £ 40.– / US-$ 60.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06321-9 CHF 47.– / €D 44.95 / €A 44.90 / € 37.40 / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95

A Return to the Social Theory of Karl Marx This book comprises a systematic analysis of Karl Marx’s reasoning on ownership. Marx as the author of an original theory of ownership is yet to be discovered. The creator of a theory which was to interpret social reality is quite a different thinker from the creator of a doctrine which was to alter the world. In designing communist society, Marx ignored the threats which social property bears, despite having skillfully identified them in investigations of diverse pre-capitalistic forms of common ownership. The author seeks to break through one-sided interpretations which discern in Marx a decisive critique of private property and an apologia of common ownership. It becomes apparent that Marx treated both the processes of socialization and privatization of ownership with equal ­consideration.

Berlin, 2018. 200 pp.

ISBN 978-3-631-66736-1 CHF 47.– / €D 39.95 / €A 41.10 / € 37.40 / £ 31.– / US-$ 45.95


66

Political Science

Annika Hampel

Filip Ilkowski

Q M Jalal Khan

Fair Cooperation

Capitalist Imperialism in Contemporary Theoretical Frameworks

Bangladesh

A New Paradigm for Cultural Diplomacy and Arts Management European cultural policy is based on the exchange of artists. It has devoted decades to the objective of encouraging dialogue and enabling cooperative production; especially between the countries of the so-called ‘Global North’ and ‘Global South’. Cultural policy makers and agents in Europe, such as those working in cultural institutions and at the ministries responsible for cultural relations, constantly stress their claims of a ‘dialogue of equals’. However, if and how cultural cooperations really are in practice brought to life on equal terms is an open question. Annika Hampel analyzes the working conditions of partnerships to understand how current artistic collaborations function, what structures and processes they involve, on what premises and within what frameworks the collaborators work, and what challenges they have to cope with.The foundation of her reflections are the experiences and insights of actors in cooperative projects who are responsible for the implementation of the goals of the European Cultural Policies in practice. Annika Hampel uses five case studies, which offer insights across the spectrum of artistic cooperation, to display the wide range of Indo-German collaborations in the arts. From her analysis of the practical reality, Annika Hampel develops and proposes cultural and political measures to foster a new culture of international cooperation on an equal footing. The author shows how to minimize power relations, promote cultural diversity, and exploit the underused potential of cooperative work.

New Theories This book analyzes the controversy surrounding imperialism associated with capitalist development. The last dozen years passed under the shadow of two momentous events: the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan conducted in the framework of the broader «war on terror», and the economic crisis. They occurred against the backdrop of global economic integration, but also against the contradictions in its development. Those events and processes are explained in the theory of contemporary capitalist imperialism that the author attempts to reconstruct.

Political and Literary Reflections on a Divided Country Bangladesh is now divided as «our» country and «their» country. This division has been solely created by the critically close to authoritarian and exclusionary Awami regime—belligerent and BNPhobic. This book is a detailed account of the divided Bangladesh, where there has been a near-total suppression and extermination (since 2009) of the political opposition, BNP. It is a recount of the horror and terror resorted to by the regime addicted to governing the country through a process of complete politicization and criminalization of all the branches of the state. Being a descriptive narrative of the regime’s abuses of state tools and agents, the volume launches a crusade against the nearly autocratic and despotic one-party government, boastfully bragging about its denial of moral, political, and economic corruption and its obstruction of the democratic rights of the opposition.

Bruxelles, 2017. 279 pp., 2 tables Cultural Management and Cultural Policy Education. Vol. 3

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 198 pp. Studies in Politics, Security and Society. Vol. 13

New York, 2018. LVIII, 546 pp.

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0469-8 CHF 45.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.60 / € 36.– / £ 30.– / US-$ 43.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72187-2 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-2-8076-0470-4 CHF 47.– / €D 42.95 / €A 43.20 / € 36.– / £ 30.– / US-$ 43.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72188-9 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4613-8 CHF 118.– / €D 102.95 / €A 105.40 / € 95.80 / £ 77.– / US-$ 114.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4824-8

CHF 125.– / €D 114.95 / €A 115.– / € 95.80 / £ 77.– / US-$ 114.95


67

Political Science

Tadeusz Klementewicz

Jacek Kubera • Łukasz Skoczylas (eds.)

Zacharie Leclair

Understanding Politics

Contemporary Migrations in the Humanistic Coefficient Perspective

Charles R. Crane and Wilsonian Progressivism

Florian Znaniecki’s Thought in Today’s Social Science Research

This book presents a study of the career of Charles R. Crane, a central player in President Woodrow Wilson’s entourage. In the wake of the U.S. intervention in the Great War, Crane participated in important diplomatic and factfinding missions. Leclair follows Crane through revolutionary Russia and on the Western front, in the emerging countries born out of the Ottoman Empire, and then in postwar China. In the process, Leclair’s book offers original insights into some of the major domestic and international decisions that define Wilson’s presidency and its legacy in the history of the United States and of international relations, most notably Wilson’s motivation and effort to bring about a new world order under American political and moral leadership. Leclair convincingly portrays Crane as a proponent of the principle of self-determination –one, indeed, whose aversion to colonialism predated Wilson’s international vision as formulated in his Fourteen Points. While a convergence of reform interest and humanitarian concerns brought Crane and Wilson together on some of the most complex issues of the time, Crane’s vision –propelled by a genuine philanthropic commitment—adds substance to what has largely been derided as empty Wilsonian idealism. The thematic structure of this book, the quality of its narration, and the wealth of information it contains, are added elements that make it an excellent contribution to the field of U.S. history. It could be used as a an assigned reading in college or university courses, especially in advanced American history, American Political thought and international relations courses.

Theory, Procedures, Narratives This book analyses how contemporary political science can develop as a structure of knowledge gathered by the individual sub-disciplines of political studies, as well as the remaining disciplines of social sciences. It helps to get a fuller understanding of political phenomena and to reconstruct the process of emergence of the global civilisation. The author reflects about the current state of research conducted by political scientists. The research is conducted within a few major research paradigms. This work presents a strategy of integrating knowledge about man and society.

This book presents contributions from migration sociologists inspired by Florian Znaniecki’s theory and the results of his studies to conduct their own research in countries like Austria, China, Greece and Poland. The authors evaluate today’s migration phenomena with reference to a coherent theoretical system. The book can be used as a manual presenting the tools for examining the migration experience from many angles: a sense of national identity (ethnic and civic), family ties, the importance of the social environment in the process of an individual’s integration with the society or an evolution of entire social systems within which the migrants operate.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 250 pp., 13 b/w ill., 2 b/w tables

New York, 2017. XVIII, 328 pp.

Studies in Politics, Security and Society. Vol. 15

Migration – Ethnicity – Nation: Studies in Culture, Society and Politics. Vol. 6

Washington College Studies in Religion, Politics, and Culture. Vol. 10

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67171-9 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72453-8 CHF 70.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.60 / € 56.10 / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06559-6 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72909-0 CHF 73.– / €D 66.95 / €A 67.30 / € 56.10 / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

eBook (SUL)

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 193 pp., 4 b/w ill.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3737-2 CHF 113.– / €D 98.95 / €A 100.80 / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3738-9

CHF 119.– / €D 109.95 / €A 110.– / € 91.70 / £ 74.– / US-$ 109.95


68

Political Science

Zdzisław Mach (ed.)

Local Community, Power and European Integration This collection of articles is the result of the research project «The Polish local society in the process of European integration – a decade of experience», financed by the Polish National Science Centre (NCN). The aim was to investigate the process of integration in the EU of six selected local Polish communities. The same six communities had been studied ten years before, when Poland was preparing for the EU accession. The research was based on qualitative methodology. The results show that the knowledge of the EU in local Poland remains at a very low level. The exception is competence in the field of EU structural funds. These funds are the main factor which determines the positive attitude of Poles towards the EU and the Polish membership in it. At the same time the process of the construction of a European identity in terms of values remains very problematic.

Grażyna Michałowska • Hanna Schreiber (eds.)

Liza Mydin • Hossein Askari • Abbas Mirakhor

Culture(s) in International Relations

Resource Rich Muslim Countries and Islamic Institutional Reforms

This book presents a critical reflection on how the presence of «culture» in theory and practice of international relations is reflected in International Relations as a research field. The authors analyze culture in International Relations scholarship and evaluate culture in the practice of International Relations, as well as in International Law. The contemporary social sciences have put culture on a pedestal. The proliferation of the meanings associated with the notion of what culture is, has gone very far. The results of analyses presented in this book are meant to contribute to solving the existing confusion, to identify the research fields in IR where culture appears.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 115 pp.

This book explores the «resource curse,» a condition in which a country’s abundance of natural resources is negatively linked with the country’s development and economic growth, in resource rich Muslim countries. The resource curse puzzle has been studied for over twenty years, with prior researchers looking to prove its existence and explore its causes. Recent studies have begun to indicate institutional failure as a likely cause of the curse, as wealth of resources tends to cause counterproductive behaviors such as rent-seeking, patronage and corruption. The subpar economic performance of resource rich Muslim countries in the Organization of the Islamic Cooperation (OIC) could be attributed to the manifestation of a resource curse. Collectively, the member countries of the OIC contribute over 9% of the world’s total GDP with 22.8% of the world’s population. Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates alone contribute about 17% of world oil production. Resource rich Muslim countries should be at the forefront of economic performance and growth, yet we see the opposite when we compare the performance of these countries to countries that are not resource rich (such as Spain, France, Hong Kong and Japan). Through an analysis of sample countries, the authors have discovered that natural resources exert a drag on the countries’ economic growth, thereby indicating the presence of the resource curse. Their research also found weaknesses in the quality of institutions as the cause of the curse. To counteract the negative effects of the resource curse in resource rich Muslim countries, the authors provide a number of Islamic institutional reforms. New York, 2018. XX, 172 pp., 1 b/w ill., 20 tables

Studies in European Integration, State and Society. Vol. 3

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 376 pp.

Economic, Political and Social Institutions in Islam. Vol. 1

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-66517-6 CHF 47.– / €D 39.95 / €A 41.– / € 37.30 / £ 31.– / US-$ 44.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67902-9 CHF 68.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.60 / € 56.– / £ 44.80 / US-$ 72.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-05790-4 CHF 49.– / €D 43.95 / €A 44.80 / € 37.30 / £ 31.– / US-$ 44.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72588-7 CHF 73.– / €D 66.95 / €A 67.20 / € 56.– / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-4351-9 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4352-6

CHF 98.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95


69

Political Science

David Natali (ed.)

Beata Ociepka

Umar Rafi • Abbas Mirakhor

The New Pension Mix in Europe

Poland’s New Ways of Public Diplomacy

Antifragility of Islamic Finance

Recent Reforms, Their Distributional Effects and Political Dynamics

The Risk-Sharing Alternative

This book – based on a research project carried out by the Observatoire Social Européen asbl, with the financial support of the European Trade Union Institute (ETUI) – looks at the most recent developments in pension policy and politics in Europe and advances our understanding of the field in three respects: firstly, it contributes to improve our knowledge of the most recent reform wave passed in the wake of the recent economic and financial crisis; secondly, it assesses the long-term financial and social sustainability of pensions; thirdly, it analyses the politics of pensions and the way policymakers and stakeholders interact in order to address the major challenges to pensions. The evidence proposed by six country chapters (about Italy, France, Finland, Poland, the Netherlands and UK) and three more transversal chapters (about the role of the EU, that of trade unions in pension reforms, and the main challenges to pension systems in Europe) proves that pension systems have been altered in the wake of the recent crisis. The more evident changes have consisted of: the halt – at least in some countries – of the spread of private pension funds; the improvement in the financial viability of the systems paralleled by more evident risks for the future adequacy of pension benefits; and the alteration of pension politics with the risk of the progressive marginalisation of the trade union movement.

This book analyzes when and how Poland implemented public diplomacy. The author explains it as a form of external political communication of governments conducted in cooperation with non-state actors to position the country internationally. The Polish case illustrates how a mid-size country in Europe attempts to impact the public opinion formation abroad while implementing soft power tools. Since 2004, when Poland joined the EU, the country has used public diplomacy to inform the world about its achievements. Poland’s public diplomacy has been strongly oriented on Europe and shaped by geopolitics. It integrated transmission and network models of communication. The Polish model reflects the relevance of public diplomacy domestic dimension and the focus on foreign politics on memory. «The book (…) is the first monograph analyzing contemporary Polish public diplomacy written in English, being at the same time a methodologically sound piece of research, based on extensive primary source research.» Professor Andrzej Mania, Chair of American Studies and the History of Diplomacy and International Politics, Jagiellonian University. «An excellent case study of public diplomacy. Ociepka systematically analyzed the Polish utilization of key public diplomacy instruments including cultural diplomacy, branding and Twiplomacy, and properly placed them within historical and theoretical contexts.» Professor Eytan Gilboa, Director, Center for International Communication, Bar-Ilan ­ ­University.

Bruxelles, 2017. 294 pp., 15 tables, 17 fig.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 242 pp., 11 b/w tables

New York, 2018. XXIV, 220 pp., 12 b/w ill., 4 tables

Travail et Société / Work and Society. Vol. 83

Studies in Communication and Politics. Vol. 5

Finance, FinTech, and Crowdfunding in Islam. Vol. 1

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0265-6 CHF 54.– / €D 45.95 / €A 47.30 / € 43.– / £ 35.– / US-$ 51.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67227-3 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06761-3 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-2-8076-0266-3 CHF 56.– / €D 50.95 / €A 51.60 / € 43.– / £ 35.– / US-$ 51.95

Antifragility of Islamic Finance: The Risk-Sharing Alternative explains how risk-sharing, as defined under Islamic finance, makes financial systems antifragile. It highlights the benefits of 100% equity-based finance over debt-based finance. The recent financial crisis has given rise to discussions on a new approach to risk management called antifragility. This concept specifies conditions under which systems become resilient to shocks caused by Black Swans—highly unpredictable outlier events that have a major negative (or positive) consequence when they occur, with their occurrence only explained retrospectively. Per this concept, the long-term survivability of any system centers exclusively on its antifragile nature, that is, its ability to absorb and even benefit from Black Swan–type shocks. This book aims to investigate risk-sharing Islamic finance as an antifragile system. As a by-product of the Great Recession, the problems of debt-based financial systems are starting to be highlighted by industry and by academia. The antifragile solution for avoiding future financial crises is primarily centered on moving the existing financial system towards more equity and less debt, thereby introducing skin-in-the-game into financial transactions. This book introduces a model of a 100% equitybased financial system, centered on risk sharing, as a possible alternative to the contemporary debt-based, conventional financial system, which is based on risk transfer and on risk shifting. In essence, this book attempts to provide a practical model for an antifragile financial system by evaluating the characteristics of Islamic finance under the criteria of antifragility.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4350-2 CHF 103.– / €D 89.95 / €A 91.70 / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4347-2

CHF 108.– / €D 99.95 / €A 100.– / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95


70

Political Science

Javier Ramos • Esther del Campo (eds.)

Hidekazu Sakai • Yoichiro Sato (eds.)

Austerity and the Implementation of the Europe 2020 Strategy in Spain

Re-rising Japan

Re-shaping the European Productive and Social Model: a Reflexion from the South This book adopts a critical perspective to analyze the Europe-2020 Strategy and its effects on the transformation of the European productive and social model, particularly in Spain. The evidence provided in this book suggests that the Europe-2020 strategy cannot be dissociated from the policies of commodification initiated in the Stability and Growth Pact (Maastricht, 1997) nor from the Austerity measures implemented to deal with the financial crisis in 2007. These policies of «commodification» and «austerity» are seriously limiting Europe-2020 capacity to foster a smart, sustainable and inclusive productive transition, while adding greatly to the continuous process of precarization and social exclusion that European societies are suffering, especially in Southern Europe. The book presents empirical evidence on these externalities in areas as diverse as EU foreign policy, entrepreneurship or gender equality. But the special emphasis has been placed in those areas that the Europe 2020 strategy considers crucial such as employment, R&D, climate change and energy sustainability, education and fighting against poverty in Spain. Thanks to the profuse analyses carried out by a group of leading Spanish academics, the book constitutes a benchmark for scholars, practitioners and the general public interested in European and Spanish economic policy issues.

Its Strategic Power in International Relations «The lost two decades» of Japan’s economic power since the early 1990s have generated the image among scholars in the discipline of international relations (IR) that Japan is no longer a significant player. Hence, today’s IR literature focuses on the rise of China. Re-rising Japan: Its Strategic Power in International Relations challenges this trend by showing up-to-date evidence that Japan is still a major power in today’s international relations where the interests and power of the United States and China have increasingly clashed over many issues. Indeed, since the Abe cabinet re-emerged in December 2012, there has been growing academic interest in Japan’s bold monetary/financial/social policies (Abenomics) and relatively assertive security policy. Where is Japan heading, and what path has it taken since the 2000s? This book responds to these questions. Re-rising Japan assembles the latest studies on Japan written by today’s young and energetic scholars. It consists of three parts: (1) Geopolitics, (2) Domestic Political-Social Norms and Values, and (3) Asian Regional Integration and Institutionalizations. The individual chapters reveal what power assets Japan has and their strength and weakness in today’s international relations. Readers will attain a complete picture of Japan and its evolving new strategy in the decaying U.S. unipolar system where China has been behaving as a revisionist state.

Edward Shizha • Rosemary Kimani-Dupuis • Priscilla Broni (eds.)

Living Beyond the Borders Essays on Global Immigrants and Refugees Cross-border migration has resulted in many social, cultural, economic, and political challenges that need attention. Globalization, migration, and transnationalism have a strong impact on the lives of diasporic immigrants and refugees. Transnationalism and diaspora, which result from globalization and migration, create transnational social spaces, fields, and formations that affect the everyday practices and engagements of migrants and refugees. Living Beyond the Borders highlights the Canadian immigration policies and the challenges faced by migrants, particularly visible minorities. The book further presents multiple perspectives and arguments on how immigrants and refugees react to their «new home» in the north and how they maintain memories of their country of origin. The contributors to this volume analyze the impact of transnational lives on the identity construction of migrants and how they acquire and negotiate their multiple identities. The book further interrogates these identities by questioning the experiences of immigrants and refugees living precarious lives in their country of permanent or temporary settlement.

Bruxelles, 2017. 335 pp., 38 fig., 18 tables

New York, 2018. VII, 220 pp., 2 b/w ill., 6 tables

Travail et Société / Work and Society. Vol. 84

Asian Pacific Studies. Vol. 1

New York, 2018. XX, 286 pp., 2 b/w ill., 6 tables

pb.

ISBN 978-2-8076-0436-0 CHF 56.– / €D 47.95 / €A 49.50 / € 45.– / £ 37.– / US-$ 54.95

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-4439-4 CHF 103.– / €D 89.95 / €A 91.70 / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-2-8076-0449-0 CHF 59.– / €D 53.95 / €A 54.– / € 45.– / £ 37.– / US-$ 54.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4443-1

CHF 108.– / €D 99.95 / €A 100.– / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4866-8 CHF 103.– / €D 89.95 / €A 91.70 / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4867-5

CHF 108.– / €D 99.95 / €A 100.– / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95


71

Political Science

Faik Tanrıkulu

Çiğdem Üstün

Julie A. Webber

The European Union’s Energy Security and Turkey’s Role in the Southern Gas Corridor

The Rise and Fall of Europeanization

Beyond Columbine

Interdependence on the Natural Gas Pipeline between Turkey and EU This study analyses the issue of energy security and natural gas in the Southern Gas Corridor, and its effects on the relationship between the European Union (EU) and Turkey. The increasing consumption of natural gas in the world as an energy source has rendered it a greater strategic importance in the world. Additionally, the conflict between Ukraine, Belarus and Russia over natural gas has threatened both the short and long-term security of the EU’s gas supply. Consequently this conflict has created the necessity to find alternative routes in order to meet Europe’s increasing gas demand. In this context, Turkey’s and the EU’s dependency on Russian natural gas has increased in the last decades, causing both Turkey and the EU to search for outside energy sources. Turkey plays a key role as part of the strategic Southern Gas Corridor initiative, which is a proposed gas pipeline in corporation with the Trans Anatolia Natural Gas Pipeline (TANAP ) project, proposed to run from the Caspian region through Turkey to Europe. This study argues that the energy dependency among the countries not only affects the economic decisions, but also the political decisions.

What is Next for Turkey-EU Relations? The 2000s started with massive support for Europeanization but now, in 2017, whether the negotiations should be suspended is debated. What happened? How did we come to this point? And maybe more importantly, what is next for Turkey-EU relations? Those are some of the questions that this book tries to dwell upon. In its effort to answer these questions, it starts with a reminder of the golden years of Europeanization. The second part is on Populism and how populist rhetoric frames not only the politics, but also the public opinion on Turkey-EU relations. Finally, Differentiated Integration (DI) models, as alternative cooperation mechanisms, are analyzed. It is argued that DI models hold the risk of turning Turkey-EU relations into more interest-based pragmatic ones and overshadow democratic norms and values.

School Violence and the Virtual School violence has become our new American horror story, but it also has its roots in the way it comments on western values with respect to violence, shame, mental illness, suicide, humanity, and the virtual. Beyond Columbine: School Violence and the Virtual offers a series of readings of school shooting episodes (Red Lake, MN, 2005; Virginia Tech, 2007, and Northern Illinois, 2008), as well as similar cases in Finland, Germany, and Norway, among others and their relatedness. The book expands the author’s central premise from her earlier book Failure to Hold, which explores the hidden curriculum of American culture that is rooted in perceived inequality and the shame, rage, and violence that it provokes. In doing so, it goes further to explore the United States’ outdated perceptual apparatus based on a reflective liberal ideology and presents a new argument about proprioception: the combined effect of a sustained lack of thought (non-cognitive) in action that is engendered by digital media and virtual culture. The present interpretation of the virtual is not limited to video games but encompasses the entire perceptual field of information sharing and media stylization (e.g., social networking, television, and branding). More specifically, American culture has immersed itself so thoroughly in a digital world that its violence and responses to violence lack reflection to the point where it confuses data with certainty. School-related violence is presented as a dramatic series of events with Columbine as its pilot episode.

New York, 2017. X, 250 pp. Berlin, 2018. 252 pp., 25 b/w ill., 1 b/w table

Berlin, 2018. 124 pp., 2 b/w fig., 1 table

Violence Studies. Vol. 1

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-74478-9 CHF 64.– / €D 54.95 / €A 56.50 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-73849-8 CHF 41.– / €D 34.95 / €A 35.90 / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-74479-6 CHF 67.– / €D 60.95 / €A 61.70 / € 51.40 / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-74762-9 CHF 41.– / €D 38.95 / €A 39.20 / € 32.70 / £ 27.– / US-$ 39.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-2041-1 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4539-1176-1

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95


72

Political Science

Fazil Zeynalov

Azerbaijan at the Crossroads of Eurasia The Tumultuous Fate of a Nation Caught Up Between the Rivalries of the World’s Major Powers Modern Azerbaijan came into being in 1991 following a national struggle for the re-establishment of its independence, initiated long before the collapse of the Soviet Union. It is situated in a unique geographic location, at the crossroads of Eurasia and on the famous Silk Road that links Europe and Asia. It has been the stage of particularly rich historical events, testament to its ancient State traditions, the wealth of its cities, the violence of the imperial invasions. Today this secular country, facing war with Armenia, is central to the geopolitical stakes in the region, whether in terms of the international strategies of major powers or the geo-economic considerations of oil and gas exports to Europe. It has put in place a multi-faceted foreign policy and initiated political and economic reforms as it moves towards a better future.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 406 pp., 11 ill., 1 table hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72972-4 CHF 81.– / €D 69.95 / €A 71.90 / € 65.40 / £ 54.– / US-$ 78.95 eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-3-631-72974-8

CHF 86.– / €D 77.95 / €A 78.50 / € 65.40 / £ 54.– / US-$ 78.95


73

Sociology

Sociology

Francesca de Lucia

Aneta Dybska

Italian American Cultural Fictions

Regeneration, Citizenship, and Justice in the American City since the 1970s

From Diaspora to Globalization This book focuses on the development of Italian American cultural identity throughout the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Italy is becoming a destination, rather than a starting point for immigrants. Immigration remains a source of tension and debate both in the United States and in Europe. Analyzing the evolution of Italian American identity, from diaspora to globalization, from emblematic to latent ethnicity, can thus prove insightful. Disparate works, including novels, films and newspaper articles, both by Italian and non-Italian American authors illustrate this paradigm. The catalyst for this transformation is the Second World War, which allowed Italian Americans to take part in the struggle to liberate Italy from Fascism, establishing in this way a connection with their roots while adhering more closely to mainstream American society through participation in the conflict. Post-war expressions of Italian American culture include the development of women’s writing, cinematic interactions with American Jews and African Americans, and the works of two novelists, Don DeLillo and Anthony Giardina, who embody different aspects of latent ethnicity.

Bern, 2017. 180 pp.

This book investigates post-industrial American cities as sites of struggle where political identities are mobilized and new modes of citizenship are articulated. This interdisciplinary analysis gleans insights from anthropology, literary criticism, cultural studies, geography, political philosophy, and urban studies. Drawing on scholarly, journalistic, essayistic, and fictional texts, the author examines the linkages between urban regeneration policies, citizenship, and social justice in the neoliberal city. She foregrounds grassroots and official strategies of community building, civic revival and democratic governance, as well as the right to the city, localism, and sustainability as key discourses and practices of reconfiguring and re-inhabiting the urban.

Frankfurt am Main, 2016. 220 pp.

Transatlantic Aesthetics and Culture. Vol. 7

Transatlantic Studies in British and North American Culture. Vol. 20

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-2565-3 CHF 63.– / €D 54.95 / €A 56.10 / € 51.– / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-0343-2566-0 CHF 67.– / €D 60.95 / €A 61.20 / € 51.– / £ 42.– / US-$ 61.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-07018-7 CHF 73.– / €D 66.95 / €A 67.20 / € 56.– / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95

ISBN 978-3-631-67880-0 CHF 70.– / €D 59.95 / €A 61.60 / € 56.– / £ 46.– / US-$ 67.95


74

Sociology

Ygnacio V. Flores

Oreste Foppiani • Oana A. Scarlatescu (eds.)

The Pedagogy of Violent Extremism

Family, Separation and Migration: An Evolution-Involution of the Global Refugee Crisis

The Pedagogy of Violent Extremism is the first critical analysis of violent extremism via the lens of pedagogical development that considers the nation as an all-encompassing learning environment. Presented through a critical perspective on violent extremism resulting from hegemonic provocation, Flores gives a voice to important social issues that are largely being ignored in contemporary society. Poignantly highlighted is how racism, immigration and other mismanaged social issues are creating the foundation for increased violence in America – by both government and non-government actors. Primarily based on the mismanagement of the demographic shift in the nation, a social imbalance between a Euro–Christian-based right and a growing minority population that are starting to clash violently as each side has resigned to taking action in the absence of a national government that can truly represent Americans across a multiethnic and multicultural construct. This is the perfect book for courses on violence studies and terrorism at secondary through graduate level studies. Its prose is designed to serve the purpose of academicians as well as the lay reader. The Pedagogy of Violent Extremism uses an interdisciplinary framework to explore how people learn to hate, and subsequently choose to use violent extremism. Flores enlightens the reader by challenging conventional perspectives on violence and terrorism in America. While portraying an America that will experience more violent extremism in the future, Flores provides many open doors for American leaders and the public at large that can lead to a reduction in future incidents of violent extremism.

María José Gámez Fuentes • Rebeca Maseda García (eds.)

Gender and Violence in Spanish Culture From Vulnerability to Accountability

Families are actors and drivers in migration and refugee crises. However, the current protection frameworks privilege the individual over the family unit. Consequently, the stories of families in migration have remained under-researched and their challenges underaddressed. This volume explores the interplay between family, separation, and migration in the Middle East, West Africa, Southeast Asia, Europe, and Latin America, and in the context of the 2015 global refugee crisis. Guiding it are two questions: How do family, migration, and separation play out across geographical, political, and historical contexts? And what are the gaps in the protection of migrants and their families? Thirteen authors – academics and practitioners – discuss the international protection for refugees, migration governance, child mobility, disability and immigration, human trafficking, and dilemmas in refugee reporting. The book proposes a paradigm shift in the way we cater to the needs and aspirations of families on the move. Its authors offer evidence-based solutions that cut across polarized discussions on migration and refugees. As such, the volume is aimed at researchers, students, policymakers, and experts working in international relations, migration, human rights, and refugee protection.

For the true exercise of citizenship to occur, gender violence must be eradicated, as it is not an interpersonal problem, but an attack on the very concept of democracy. Despite increasing social awareness and legal measures taken to fight gender violence, it is still prevalent worldwide. Even in a country such as Spain, praised in the UN Handbook for Legislation on Violence Against Women (2010) for its advanced approach on gender violence, the legal framework has proved insufficient and deeper sociocultural changes are needed. This book presents, in this respect, groundbreaking investigations in the realm of politics, activism, and cultural production that offer both a complex picture of the agents involved in its transformation and a nuanced panorama of initiatives that subvert the normative framework of recognition of victims of gender violence. As a result, the book chapters articulate a construction of the victim as a subject that reflects and acts upon his/her experience and vulnerability, and also adopt perspectives that frame accountability within the representational tradition, the community, and the state.

New York, 2017. XXI, 174 pp.

Bern, 2018. 298 pp., 5 tables

New York, 2018. XIV, 236 pp., 4 b/w ill.

Violence Studies. Vol. 4

Population, Family, and Society. Vol. 28

Violence Studies. Vol. 3

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3529-3 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-3026-8 CHF 87.– / €D 74.95 / €A 77.– / € 70.– / £ 57.– / US-$ 84.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4539-1923-1

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-3-0343-3027-5 CHF 92.– / €D 82.95 / €A 84.– / € 70.– / £ 57.– / US-$ 84.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3998-7 CHF 103.– / €D 89.95 / €A 91.70 / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3999-4

CHF 108.– / €D 99.95 / €A 100.– / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95


75

Sociology

Claudia Gualtieri (ed.)

Ivo Komsic

Maximiliano E. Korstanje

Utopia in the Present

The Theory of Social Pulsation

Tracing Spikes in Fear and Narcissism in Western Democracies Since 9/11

Cultural Politics and Change The essays address the cultural politics of our global present. They offer a contribution towards keeping the spirit of utopia alive by practicing it, promoting that the struggle for liberation may continue in an era whose landscape is not inhabited by the presence of great utopian constructs. The collection adapts the idea of utopia to the intercultural present using it as a metanarrative projected towards the future and rooted in local experiences and actions. The book presents an interdisciplinary and anti-canonical perspective, and methodological frames from Cultural Studies and Postcolonial Studies. Imagining social and cultural change outside hegemonic articulations of power is a practice of freedom opposed to the protective drive that raises borders and walls around potential islands to claim the right of keeping them isolated and self-sufficient.

The Theory of Social Pulsation is a new social theory elaborated from the social phenomenology and philosophy of sciences’ standpoint. It represents an innovative interpretation of social phenomena postulated as active states of social actors including individuals, social groups, and social facts (organizations, institutions, systems). As an active state of social actors, pulsation is defined by eight variables that constitute social phenomena as a whole: (a) intention, (b) reaction, (c) reflection, (d) communication, (e) institutionalization, (f) internalization, (g) structuration, and (h) innovation. Ivo Komsic argues that social states are pulsating and within those states, social causality is transferred from one social actor to another. Social actors continuously transfer social causality from one to another, depending on the intensity of its pulsation. Balanced or unbalanced, functional or dysfunctional, consensual or imposed, a system will be classified in the presence or absence of one of these phenomena, by its greater or lesser intensity. The theory posits a new paradigm that tends to overcome the «eternal» problem in sociology—relations between individuals as social actors and social structure, that is, «social statics» and «social dynamics», the role of the great historical personalities and the «objective law of history», freedom and necessity in social action, micro and macro social levels. The model of social communication analyzed in the book can be used as a general model of social and political communication, particularly in multiethnic and multicultural societies considering the contemporary state of affairs globally.

Tracing Spikes in Fear and Narcissism in Western Democracies Since 9/11 discusses critically not only the modern obsession with consuming news related to disasters or terrorism as a primary form of entertainment, but also explores the theory of pleasure as it was formulated by the ancient Greeks and continued by Sigmund Freud. Beyond the principle of pleasure was the touchstone of the sense of scarcity, which was rooted in the logic of capitalism. Throughout the 1970s, the society of producers brought about the advent of a society of consumerists; however, after the attacks on the World Trade Center September 11, 2001, things radically changed. The idea of terror, which had been encapsulated within the society of producers, was expanded to become the centerpiece of a new stage of capitalism, Thana-Capitalism, which made the death of others the main commodity for exchange and consumption.

New York, 2017. VI, 144 pp., 3 fig. Berlin, 2018. 206 pp., 2 b/w fig.

History and Philosophy of Science. Heresy, Crossroads, and Intersections. Vol. 4

New York, 2018. XII, 152 pp., 1 table

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-71994-7 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3703-7 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72169-8 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-3704-4

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-4987-0 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4988-7

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95


76

Sociology

Jacek Maria Kurczewski • Małgorzata Fuszara

How People Use the Courts The Disputes and Courts in Poland This book analyzes how people settle disputes in and outside of Polish courts. The preference for courts against informal settlements increased with the consolidation of the democratic legal state. Still, the compromise settlement remains the cultural ideal. The authors evaluate these circumstances in their extensive study of private disputes in the courts and of different types of individual settlements. They observed that the role of power behind these choices proved to be significant as people in better social positions are more inclined to use the courts and in worse social positions more inclined to deal informally with opponents in power. The ethnic factor surveyed in other former Communist countries is also related to the relative power of the different ethnic groups. The book investigates how institutional, social and cultural factors interact in shaping the dispute settlement patterns.

Walter Letsch

Demographic Aspects of the Early Modern Times The Example of the Zurich Countryside in a European Perspective The study deals predominantly with basic questions of Historical Demography that have so far not yet been tackled, as no adequate sources seemed to exist, or the effort for digging into these problems seemed outrageous. Many major gaps are filled in this study, based on two types of sources: 14 census-like nominal population listings for 126 parishes of the Zurich countryside, complemented by 52 parishes of adjacent areas, and four reconstituted communities with very early parish books. This allowed coming up with detailed population structures by year of age, sex and marital status for the year 1634, with regional variations. Full, detailed mortality tables by sex and for all ages could be calculated for the period 1634–37, by far the earliest mortality tables worldwide. Mortality during plague epidemics was analysed in detail, too, resulting in the first and only plague mortality table. Model life tables are presented as well, showing a pattern that differs strongly from what has been assumed so far. New insights could also be gained about premarital sex and the importance of remarriages.

Agnieszka Małek • Dorota Praszałowicz (eds.)

The United States Immigration Policy and Immigrants’ Responses Past and Present The contributions in this book focus on U.S. migration policies, receiving society, ethnic communities and return migration. The authors analyze various aspects of migratory history ranging from the nineteenth to the twenty-first century. They cover such topics as the times when Eastern European immigrants in the USA encountered hostility and marginalization, the efforts to create American Polonia military formations during the WWI, the problem of ethnic mobilization among Ukrainian political migrants in the U.S. as well as how state policies influence the movement of people. All the contributions are extended and revised versions of the papers presented at the 7th Workshop American Ethnicity and Ethnic Community Building.

Bern, 2017. XVI, 790 pp., 227 b/w ill., 169 b/w tables, 3 maps

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 208 pp., 22 tables

Polish Studies in Culture, Nations and Politics. Vol. 6

Population, Famille et Société / Population, Family, and Society. Vol. 26

Migration – Ethnicity – Nation: Studies in Culture, Society and Politics. Vol. 4

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72371-5 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-2973-6 CHF 118.– / €D 101.95 / €A 104.50 / € 95.– / £ 78.– / US-$ 114.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72476-7 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06696-8 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 266 p., 5 b/w ill., 2 coloured ill., 78 b/w tables

ISBN 978-3-0343-2974-3

CHF 124.– / €D 112.95 / €A 114.– / € 95.– / £ 78.– / US-$ 114.95

ISBN 978-3-631-67199-3 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95


77

Sociology

Daniel Matias

Emanuela Mora • Marco Pedroni (eds.)

Mette Toft Nielsen • Peter Hervik

«Wooden Man»?

Fashion Tales

Masculinities in the Work of J.M. Coetzee («Boyhood», «Youth» and «Summertime»)

Feeding the Imaginary

Women in post-revolutionary Egypt

This book addresses the representation of masculinities in the work of J. M. Coetzee, with a particular focus on the writer’s trilogy: Boyhood (1997), Youth (2002) and Summertime (2009). Provocatively dealing with questions of autobiography, Coetzee’s trilogy provides a panoramic view of a man’s development through various stages of life and, equally, different geographical locations, such as apartheid South Africa, sixties London and South Africa in the throes of democratic revolution. Attentive to the masculine formations that the trilogy represents, this work draws on conceptual frameworks and methodologies provided by the joint critique of gender and postcolonial studies, and is particularly animated by the discussions raised by men’s studies, a field that is nowadays patently interested in postcolonial / transnational masculinities. In this vein, the work discusses not only aspects related to violence and gendered formations as they occur and manifest themselves in the intersections of the local and global, but also the possibilities of refashioning identities increasingly attentive to an ethics of Otherness, one of the staples of Coetzee’s writing.

Since its beginnings in the middle of the 19th century, fashion has been narrated through multiple media, both visual and verbal, and for such different purposes as marketing and advertising, art, costume history, social research and cultural dissemination. In this light, fashion has represented an important piece of material culture in modern industrial urban societies and in postcolonial and nonwestern contexts. Today, we are witnessing a turn in this imaginary as issues related to social, environmental and cultural sustainability come to predominate in many areas of human activity. The book addresses this challenge. By facilitating encounters between disciplines and cultures, it explores a multitude of fashion issues, practices and views that feed the contemporary fashion imaginary: local cultures, linguistic codes, TV series, movies, magazines, ads, blogs, bodily practices. The book deals with a paramount issue for fashion studies: how do the production and circulation of fashion imaginary come about in the 21st century?

New York, 2017. XVI, 214 pp.

Can Behaviour Be Controlled? This book addresses how identity, structures, and agency affect women’s everyday lives in post-revolutionary Egypt. The authors analyses the topic both on a macro- as well as on a micro-level. Through interviews and workshops, women around Egypt express their own experiences in dialogue, in groups and in drawings. Based on the analysis of this material the reader gets insights into personal experiences, believes and opinions of a diverse group of women in terms of age, economic class, education, geography, culture, religion, ethnicity, marital status, and political orientation. The detail-rich empirical material presented in the book visualize that the 2011 revolution works as an utter frame on a macro-level, while different issues are more pressing on a microlevel.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. XXII, 226 pp. 6 b/w ill., 7 coloured ill.

Masculinity Studies. Literary and Cultural Representations. Vol. 7

Bern, 2017. 464 pp., 10 b/w ill., 16 coloured ill., 15 b/w tables, 3 coloured tables

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3806-5 CHF 103.– / €D 89.95 / €A 91.70 / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95

pb.

ISBN 978-3-0343-2787-9 CHF 108.– / €D 92.95 / €A 95.70 / € 87.– / £ 71.– / US-$ 104.95

hb.

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-0343-2788-6 CHF 114.– / €D 103.95 / €A 104.40 / € 87.– / £ 71.– / US-$ 104.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-71736-3 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3807-2

CHF 108.– / €D 99.95 / €A 100.– / € 83.30 / £ 67.– / US-$ 99.95

Political and Social Change. Vol. 5 ISBN 978-3-631-71735-6 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95


78

Sociology

Chigozie Nnebedum

Juan Rey (ed.)

Human Trafficking as a Quintessence of 21st Century Slavery

All About Almodóvar’s Men

The Vulnerability of Nigerians in Austria This book is a contribution towards a better understanding of the nature of the international crime of human trafficking. It is an impulse towards finding a new way at the international levels, and encouraging cooperation among nations in the fight against human trafficking and its root causes. The author analyzes human trafficking, which can be termed as «modern-day slavery» and in its complexity and dynamism ends up in the exploitation of the victims for the personal gains of a person or group of persons. A majority of the victims, especially women, end up in the sex industries. In most cases people are transported from the so-called underdeveloped to supposedly developed regions. As a result, women and girls are smuggled yearly from underdeveloped countries, for example Nigeria, to Europe and America.

Pedro Almodóvar is an internationally acclaimed Spanish director. The national and international fascination over Almodóvar’s cinema lies in his ability to reflect the problems of contemporary society, his lucidity in combining the urban and the rural, his ability to express the frustrations of modern man, as well as his freshness and spontaneity. Although the vast majority of studies on this Spanish director have focused on women and the gay world, his films are crowded with many types and archetypes of heterosexual men. This groundbreaking edited volume studies the men in the cinema of Almodóvar from a broad yet comprehensive and complementary perspective. Each chapter of All About Almodóvar’s Men methodically dissects these male characters—their misery and their greatness, their frustrations and their desires—offering a kaleidoscopic view of man that goes beyond the narrow framework in which many studies have locked the rich cinema of Almodóvar.

Robert Rinehart • Jacquie Kidd • Antonio Garcia Quiroga (eds.)

Southern Hemisphere Ethnographies of Space, Place, and Time This book is about exciting ethnographic happenings in the Global South. It brings together a wide range of authors who explore the spatial and temporal forms of various ethnographic projects, examining how individuals relate to their homes, their nation-states and their «moments» and trajectories. It also seeks to contest the twenty-first-century hegemonic colonialist project: to this end, the book includes a number of shorter chapters that are presented in both English and nonEnglish versions. Finally, a clear contemporary Indigenous voice runs through the volume, reminding us of non-dominant ways of being in the world.

New York, 2017. VI, 172 pp. Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 252 pp., 5 b/w ill., 4 b/w tables

Masculinity Studies. Literary and Cultural Representations. Vol. 8

Oxford, 2018. XIV, 396 pp., 12 b/w ill.

pb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72765-2 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

hb.

ISBN 978-1-4331-3864-5 CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

hb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72766-9 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

eBook (SUL)

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78707-905-2 CHF 85.– / €D 80.95 / €A 81.50 / € 67.90 / £ 55.– / US-$ 82.95

ISBN 978-1-4331-3865-2

CHF 103.– / €D 94.95 / €A 95.– / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95

ISBN 978-1-78707-904-5 CHF 85.– / €D 72.95 / €A 74.70 / € 67.90 / £ 55.– / US-$ 82.95


79

Sociology

Jan Ketil Simonsen • Kjersti Larsen • Ada I. Engebrigtsen (eds.)

Krystyna Slany • Magdalena Ślusarczyk • Paula Pustułka • Eugene Guribye (eds.)

Movement and Connectivity

Transnational Polish Families in Norway

Configurations of Belonging Through a series of case studies from Southern and Eastern Africa, Oceania, and Europe, Movement and Connectivity: Configurations of Belonging explores the analytical usefulness of the concept of «mobility» for anthropological thought and theorization. The book scrutinizes mobility through long-term ethnographies that encompass life histories of individual persons, cyclical household developments, and the evolution of communities and networks. It shows how the social and spatial complexity of mobility increases with time and how socio-political and economic changes affect values, ideas, and practices in local life-worlds. The case studies examines mobility from below and as processes constitutive of society and identity – processes through which mobility is perceived and experienced as part of life. How do people see their own local life-world and its (un)connectedness to other societies? To what extent can a mobility approach advance our understanding of the complex relationship between migratory practices, experiences of belonging, and the kinds of movement and connectivity that make and re-make people as well as their societies? Movement and Connectivity: Configurations of Belonging re-questions and rethinks relationships between space, time, and livelihoods and explores how differently motivated geographical movements may be perceived and lived as part of wider social complexities.

Social Capital, Integration, Institutions and Care This book provides timely insights into the lives of Polish migrants who have been settling in Norway with their partners and children, especially over the last decade. It brings together Polish and Norwegian scholars who shed light on the key areas of migrant family practices in the transnational space. The contributors critically assess social capital of those living mobile lives, discuss the role of institutions, as well as engage with the broad problematics of caring – both with regard to migrant children raised in Norway, and the elderly kin members left behind in Poland. Further, the authors tackle the question of the possibilities and constrains of integration, pointing to several areas of policy implications of transnationalism for both Poland and Norway.

Tierra B. Tivis

Rethinking Black Motherhood and Drug Addictions Counternarratives of Black Family Resilience Rethinking Black Motherhood and Drug Addictions: Counternarratives of Black Family Resilience offers a unique perspective on the complexities of being a Black mother addicted to crack, powder cocaine, heroin, and crank. Qualitative interviews provide rich narratives from five Black mothers challenging negative controlled images and stereotypes of Black motherhood and drug addiction. Using Black Feminist Thought, Critical Race Feminism, and Resilience as conceptual frameworks, this book confronts hegemonic constructions of Black mothers and their children within the context of drug addictions. Particular attention is focused on using the mothers’ self-definitions of struggles and family resilience to dismantle the negative controlled images of the junkie and the crack ho’ and her crack baby. The mothers in this book speak truth to their experiences with motherhood and addictions to some of the most powerful street drugs that explicitly defy the junkie, crack ho’, and crack baby images. The book also addresses tensions existing within researcher-participant relationships and nuances unique to research with Black mothers in recovery. Personal lessons learned and challenges experienced during the research process are highlighted as Tivis shares dilemmas of self-reflections of positionality, accountability and use of language.

New York, 2018. XIV, 214 pp. Berlin, 2018. 316 pp., 20 b/w ill., 24 b/w tables

Black Studies and Critical Thinking. Vol. 106

Oxford, 2018. VIII, 228 pp.

Migration – Ethnicity – Nation: Studies in Culture, Society and Politics. Vol. 7

hb.

pb.

ISBN 978-1-78707-550-4 CHF 62.– / €D 52.95 / €A 54.40 / € 49.40 / £ 40.– / US-$ 60.95

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-67448-2 CHF 58.– / €D 49.95 / €A 51.40 / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-1-78707-551-1 CHF 65.– / €D 58.95 / €A 59.30 / € 49.40 / £ 40.– / US-$ 60.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-653-06594-7 CHF 61.– / €D 55.95 / €A 56.– / € 46.70 / £ 38.– / US-$ 56.95

eBook (SUL)

ISBN 978-1-4331-3504-0

CHF 98.– / €D 84.95 / €A 87.10 / € 79.20 / £ 64.– / US-$ 94.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-3503-3 CHF 55.– / €D 47.95 / €A 48.60 / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95 ISBN 978-1-4331-4963-4

CHF 58.– / €D 52.95 / €A 53.– / € 44.20 / £ 36.– / US-$ 52.95


80

Sociology

Matthias Weber (ed.)

Hülya Yaldır • Güncel Önkal (eds.)

Innovation, Complexity and Policy

New Horizons in Philosophy and Sociology

Contributions from 30 years of innovation policy research in Austria This book brings together a set of contributions that show the breadth and depth of the scientific work of Josef Fröhlich and his influence on Austrian research, technology and innovation (RTI) policy. It is edited in honour of the occasion of his retirement as Head of Innovation Systems Department at the AIT Austrian Institute of Technology. The contributors provide an overview of important issues of debate at the intersection of innovation studies and government policy, which have been pivotal for the modernisation and consolidation of the Austrian innovation system since the early 1990s.

What is our responsibility as scholars in the Humanities and Social Sciences in the face of global issues threatening humanity today? This book provides a platform for an interdisciplinary, cross-cultural dialogue among philosophers and sociologists on the most pressing global issues facing humanity today. Combining the critical thinking of philosophy with sociological methods and researches, this volume offers fresh and stimulating perspectives with regard to various issues including environmental degradation, democracy, gender and economic inequalities, religion, war and peace.

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 230 pp., 9 b/w ill., 5 coloured ill., 22 tables

Frankfurt am Main, 2017. 319 pp., 3 b/w fig.

hb.

ISBN 978-3-631-72315-9 CHF 52.– / €D 44.95 / €A 46.20 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

pb.

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-72316-6 CHF 55.– / €D 49.95 / €A 50.50 / € 42.10 / £ 35.– / US-$ 50.95

eBook (SUL) ISBN 978-3-631-74705-6 CHF 76.– / €D 68.95 / €A 69.50 / € 57.90 / £ 48.– / US-$ 69.95

ISBN 978-3-631-74207-5 CHF 72.– / €D 61.95 / €A 63.70 / € 57.90 / £ 48.– / US-$ 69.95


Index

Social Sciences

A Adar, Korwa G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Cuadrado Rey, Analía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

H Hampel, Annika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Ahlberg, Kerstin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Cumper, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Hample, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Ahlquist, Roberta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Czarnecki, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Hannen, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Aiello, Giorgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Hansen-Horn, Tricia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Alarcón López, Cristina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

D Danforth, Scot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Harford, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 , 19

Anta, Claudio Giulio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Daubs, Michael S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Hayes, Arthur S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Arklan, Ümit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Davids, Nuraan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Heischman, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Ashfaq, Muhammad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Davis, Bryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Herbeck, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Askari, Hossein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Davis, R. Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Hervik, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Aslan, Pınar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Davulis, Tomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Highman, Ludovic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Ayala, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

de Castro Modl, Fernanda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Hilton, Adriel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Aydın, Bayram Oğuz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Dee, Juliet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Hodge, Emily M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Ayhan, Bünyamin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

DeFoster, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Holmes, Gloria Graves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

del Campo, Esther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Honeycutt, James M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

B Babcock, Rebecca Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

de Lucia, Francesca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Horn, Adam E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Babic, Bojana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

DeVitis, Joseph L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 , 14

Howley, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Bang, Chan Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Dowdy, Joanne Kilgour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Hust, Stacey J.T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Banks, Jaime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Dražanová, Lenka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

I

Ilkowski, Filip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

J

Jandrić, Petar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Barnes, Susan B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Drucker, Susan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 , 51

Barnett, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Drzewiecka, Jolanta A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Baykal, Mehmet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Duhé, Sandra C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Benstein, Patricia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Duncan, Sallyanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Jansen, Hans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Berglez, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Dybska, Aneta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Jaskiernia, Alicja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Efendic, Adnan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Jiménez Raya, Manuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Beyerbach, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Egetenmeyer, Regina . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 , 15

Johnson, J. David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Bizimana, Aimé-Jules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Elbih, Randa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Jules, Tavis D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Blair, Kelsey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Engebrigtsen, Ada I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Jassem, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Berta-Ávila, Margarita I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Betge, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

E

K Kamp, Annelies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Blake, Brett Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

F

Farber, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Kanpol, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Blue, Morgan Genevieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Fedeli, Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Käpplinger, Bernd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Boers, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Fekete, Balázs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Kazan, Halim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Boffo, Vanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Finizio, Giovanni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Kearney, Mary Celeste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Borin, Elena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Fleige, Marion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Kellett, Peter M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Bourgeois, Jacques H.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Fleras, Augie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Kent, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Boyd, Ashley S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Flores, Ygnacio V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Khan, Q M Jalal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Boylorn, Robin M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Flynn, Jr., Joseph E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Kidd, Jacquie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Bronckers, Marco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Foppiani, Oreste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Kimani-Dupuis, Rosemary . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Broni, Priscilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Frederick, Mark A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Kinard, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Blake, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Brown Jr., Ernest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Frisvold, Paal J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Kinder-Kurlanda, Katharina . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Brown, Venessa Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Fuller, Kay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Kirkland, Ewan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Brügger, Niels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Fuszara, Małgorzata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Klementewicz, Tadeusz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Klyukanov, Igor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Bruns, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

C

Bruun, Niklas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

G Gainer, Jesse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Kniffley Jr., Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Bryan, Lynn A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Gámez Fuentes, María José . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Knobel, Michele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Buchanan, Rebekah J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Gamson, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Komsic, Ivo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Bury, Rhiannon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Garcia Quiroga, Antonio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Koopman, Oscar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Bustos Flores, Belinda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Gárdos-Orosz, Fruzsina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Koro-Ljungberg, Mirka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

George, Cherian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Korstanje, Maximiliano E. . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Cammarota, Julio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Giedrojć, Jacek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Krupczynski, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Carpentier, Nico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Gieseke, Wiltrud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Kubera, Jacek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Carr, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Gilles, Jean-Luc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Kubik, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Castagnera, James Ottavio . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Gist, Conra D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Kurczewski, Jacek Maria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Castañeda, Mari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Glor, Eleanor D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

L

LaGarry, Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Castleberry, Garret L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Głowacki, Michał . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Catt, Isaac E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Goikoetxea, Jule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Centro di Ateneo per i Diritti Umani . . . . . 40

Gormally, Sinéad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Lankshear, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Chabal, Pierre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Gorski, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Larsen, Kjersti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Chung, Tai-uk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Grenham, Thomas G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Lawn, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Cobb, Floyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Grümpel, Claudia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Leahy, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Coburn, Annette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Gualtieri, Claudia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Lea, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Conteh-Morgan, Earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Guimarães, Paula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Leclair, Zacharie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Conyers, Jr., James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Gumuła, Wiesław . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Lemieux, Amélie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Copeland, Kristopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Gürak, Hasan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Lensmire, Audrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Coulter, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Guribye, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Letiche, Hugo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Lamb, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

81


82

Index

Social Sciences

Letsch, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

P Parkhouse, Hillary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Skoczylas, Łukasz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Liebler, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Pech, Gerald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Slany, Krystyna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Lomotey, Kofi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Pedroni, Marco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Ślusarczyk, Magdalena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Löytönen, Teija . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Pennell, Summer Melody . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Smith, Andrew R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Lubben, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Peters, Michael A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Smyth, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Lukenchuk, Antonina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Peters, Michael Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Soto Huerta, Mary Esther . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Lund, Darren E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Phillips, Damani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Sparks, Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Pitcher, Erich N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Stead, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

M Mach, Zdzisław . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Poindexter, Paula M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Steel, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Mahmud, Syed F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Poplin, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Strate, Lance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Maldonado, José Miguel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Praszałowicz, Dorota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Sułkowski, Łukasz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Małek, Agnieszka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Pratt-Clarke, Menah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 , 31

Manzerolle, Vincent R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Pullen Sansfaçon, Annie . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Marchbank, Jen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Pustułka, Paula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Tarantino, Matteo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Q Quick, Reinhard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Terrill, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Maseda García, Rebeca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

R Rafi, Umar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Tesch, Bernd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Mataczyński, Maciej . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Ramalho, Tania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Thonus, Terese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Matias, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Ramos, Javier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Tivis, Tierra B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Mawhinney, Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Rebmann, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Tobin, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

McDougal III, Serie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Ressler, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Torre, María Elena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

McInerney, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Rey, Juan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Tanrıkulu, Faik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Tegelberg, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Marhuenda-Fluixá, Fernando . . . . . . . . . . 26 Markham, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

T

Tesar, Marek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Mark, Olwyn E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

McMaster, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Reynolds, William M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

U Ünlü, Derya Gül . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

McSharry, Majella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Rhodes, Leara D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Üstün, Çiğdem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Mengü, Seda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Rinehart, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Merriman, Tanya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Riojas Clark, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

V Valin, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Mewburn, Inger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Rivage-Seul, D. Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

VanSlyke Turk, Judy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Meyer, Angela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Rivera, Melissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Vazquez Novoa, Nadia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Meyer, Elizabeth J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Robak, Steffi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Vieira, Flávia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Michałowska, Grażyna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Robson, Claire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

von Hippel, Aiga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Mirakhor, Abbas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 , 69

Rodgers, Kathleen Boyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Vos, Tim P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Montaño, Theresa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Rodgers, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Moores, Shaun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Rodríguez, Louie F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

W Waghid, Yusef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Mora, Emanuela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Rodríguez Sieweke, Lara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Wang, Runyu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Morse, Tal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Roegiers, Xavier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Warner, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Mueller, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Rogers, Carrie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Watson, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Murphy, Caterina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Roosvall, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Weaver, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Mydin, Liza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Rosenkrantz de Lasson, Jakob . . . . . . . . . . 27

Webber, Julie A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Ryalls, Emily D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Weber, Matthias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

N Nakayama, Thomas K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Whitburn, Benjamin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

S

Şahin, Emine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

White, Boyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Navera, Gene Segarra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Sairambaeva, Zhuldyz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Wilen-Daugenti, Tracey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Németh, Balázs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Sakai, Hidekazu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Wilhoit, G. Cleveland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Nesbitt, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Sanjakdar, Fida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Willnat, Lars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Neumann, Cilia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

San Juan, Jr., E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Wong, Nga-Wing Anjela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Neumann, Ludmila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Sasso, Pietro A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 , 17

Wrigley, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Newton, Jackie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Sato, Yoichiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Wu, Jingwei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Ní Bhroin, Órla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Scarlatescu, Oana A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Nielsen, Mette Toft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Schick, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Y Yaldır, Hülya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Nnebedum, Chigozie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Schmidt-Lauff, Sabine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Yamaguchi, Kaoru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Schreiber, Hanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Yip, Andrew Kam-Tuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

O Oakley, Kate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Scott, D. Travers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Yülek, Murat A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Ociepka, Beata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Shaw, Adrienne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

O'Connell, Noel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Sheldon, Elena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Z Zaidi, Rahat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Ognibene, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Sheldon, Pavica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Zeynalov, Fazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Ollausson, Ulrika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Shizha, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Zielonka, Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Önkal, Güncel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Siles, Ignacio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Zimmer, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Ots, Mart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Simonsen, Jan Ketil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Zollmann, Florian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Natali, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69


83

T he Peter Lang Publishing Group

Group Head Office

Customer Service

Germany

Peter Lang AG International Academic Publishers Wabernstrasse 40 3007 Bern Switzerland

Peter Lang AG International Academic Publishers Wabernstrasse 40 3007 Bern Switzerland

Peter Lang GmbH Internationaler Verlag der Wissenschaften Schlüterstraße 42 10707 Berlin

Tel. +41 (0)31 306 17 17 Fax +41 (0)31 306 17 27 info@peterlang.com

Tel. +41 (0)32 376 17 17 Fax +41 (0)32 376 17 27 order@peterlang.com

Tel. +49 (0)30 23256 79 00 Fax +49 (0)30 23256 79 02 info@peterlang.com Further regional offices in Hamburg, Essen and Stuttgart

Editorial Office • Finance • IT Management • Sales & Marketing

USA

UK and Ireland

Belgium

Peter Lang Publishing, Inc. 29 Broadway New York, NY 10006 USA

Peter Lang Ltd International Academic Publishers 52 St Giles Oxford, OX1 3LU Great Britain

P.I.E. Peter Lang SA Éditions Scientifiques Internationales Avenue Maurice 1, 6e étage 1050 Bruxelles Belgium

Tel. +44 (0)1865 514160 Fax +44 (0)1865 604028 info@peterlang.com

Tél. +32 (0)2 347 72 36 Fax +32 (0)2 347 72 37 info@peterlang.com

Customer Service : Tel. (800) 770-5264 Tel. +1 (212) 647-7706 Fax +1 (212) 647-7707 info@peterlang.com

Further regional office in Dublin

Austria

Poland

Turkey

Peter Lang GmbH Internationaler Verlag der Wissenschaften Lenaugasse 9/8 1080 Wien Austria

Peter Lang GmbH Wydawnictwo Naukowe Przedstawicielstwo w Polsce Ul. Zimorowica 2 m.11 02-062 Warszawa Poland

Peter Lang GmbH Uluslararası Bilimsel Yayınevi Esra Bahşi Maden Mh. Baglar Sk. No. 6/3 34450 Sarıyer Istanbul Turkey

Tel. +48 660 759467 info@peterlang.com

Tel. +90 212 271 77 55 info@peterlang.com

Rights & Licenses

eBooks & Online Reference

Press and Corporate Communications

Claudia Stegmann International Rights Sales Manager

Romain Chesa Global Sales Manager (eBooks and Online Reference)

Susanne Schettler Head of Press and Corporate Communications

Tel. +41 (0)31 306 17 05 r.chesa@peterlang.com

Tel. +41 (0)31 306 17 07 press@peterlang.com reviews@peterlang.com

Tel. +43 (0)1 403 58 26 Fax +43 (0)1 406 74 28 info@peterlang.com

Tel. +49 (0)30 232 56 79 21 rights@peterlang.com permissions@peterlang.com

Marketing Alexander Thiesen Global Marketing Manager Tel. +41 (0)31 306 17 06 a.thiesen@peterlang.com


84

Our Representatives – Print

China

France, Belgium and Luxembourg

Co Info Pty Ltd Jade Wood 200A Rooks Road Vermont, VIC 3133 Australia

Ian Taylor Associates Ltd. Beijing Office B1102 Building 4, BeijingINN No. 11 East Shuijing Hutong Dongcheng District 100010 Beijing P.R. China

Enter & Read Albertine Luginbuhl 23 rue du Départ, Boîte 37 75014 Paris France

Tel. + 613 9210 7777 Fax + 613 9210 7788

Tel. +86 (0)10 5864 3360 Fax +86 (0)10 5864 3320

books@coinfo.com.au

ian@iantaylorassociates.com

Hong Kong and Taiwan

Latin America

Middle East

China Publishers Services Ltd Edwin Chu Room 718, Fortune Commercial Building 362 Sha Tsui Road, Tsuen Wan N.T. Hong Kong SAR

Cranbury International LLC Ethan Atkin 7 Clarendon Ave. Montpelier, VT 05602 USA

International Publishers Representatives David Atiyah PO Box 25731 1311 Nicosia Cyprus

Tel. +852 2491 1436 Fax +852 2491 1435

Tel. +1 802-223-6565 Fax +1 802-223-6824

Tel. +357 22 872355 Fax +357 22 872359

edwin@cps-hk.com

eatkin@cranburyinternational.com

iprschl@spidernet.com.cy

Morocco

Philippines

South Africa, Botswana and Namibia

Librairie Nationale Mik Kerouach Responsable Département Universitaire El Farah II, Lot n° 3, Q.I Mohammedia – Morocco

Edwin Makabenta 109 Talayan Street, Talayan Village Quezon City Philippines 1104

Academic Marketing Services (Pty) Ltd PO Box 130 Woodlands 2080 South Africa

Tél. +212 661045776

Tel. +63 2 703 9792 Fax +63 918 911 6384

Tel. +27 (0)11 447 7441 Fax +27 (0)11 447 2314

m.kerouach@librairienationale.co.ma

adboxbooks@gmail.com

info@academicmarketing.co.za

South Korea

Spain, Portugal and Gibraltar

Other Countries

IMPACT KOREA ChongHo Ra Suite 715, Shinhan Nextel 14 Dosun-dong, Sungdong-gu Seoul 133-714 South Korea

Iberian Book Services Charlotte Prout Sector Islas 12, 1°B 28760 Tres Cantos, Madrid Spain

Peter Lang AG International Academic Publishers Wabernstrasse 40 3007 Bern Switzerland

cprout@iberianbookservices.com

Tel. +41 (0)31 306 17 04

Australia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea and Fiji

Tel. +82 2 2296 0140 Fax +82 2 2296 0143 impactkr@kornet.net

Tél. +33 6 81 04 76 85 albertineluginbuhl@orange.fr

order@peterlang.com


85

O ur Representatives – eBooks

Australia and New Zealand Bezi Publishing Services Mrs. Louise Valier-D’Abate PO Box 1233 Mitcham North Vic 3132 Australia Tel. +61 455 864 860 louise@bezi.com.au

Hungary, Slovenia, Croatia and Bulgaria

Italy Cenfor International Srl Mrs. Anna Merloe Viale G. Palazzi 3/1/A 16145 Genova

Scientific Knowledge Services Mrs. Ángyán Katalin Chamerstrasse 172 6300 Zug Switzerland

Tel. +39 010 313 567 Fax +39 010 420 6942 Mobile +39 393 910 4923

Tel. +36 27 785 865 Mobile +36 70 272 6200

amerlo@cenfor.it

hu@scientificknowledgeservices.com

Middle East

Turkey

Other Countries

Avicenna Research Mr. Nazim Mohammedi Dubai United Arab Emirates

Mr. Kivanc Cinar Prof . Dr. Ahmet Taner Kislali Mahallesi 2830 Cadde No: 18 Cayyolu -Ankara Turkey

Peter Lang AG International Academic Publishers Wabernstrasse 40 3007 Bern Switzerland

Tel. +971 50 1138640 Tel. +44 7944 464122 info@avicenna-research.com

Tel. +90 312 446 7792 Ext. 1005 Fax +90 312 446 7793 Mobile +90 544 618 36 18

Tel. +41 (0)31 306 17 04 r.chesa@peterlang.com

kcinar@informascope.com

Try Evidence Based Selection

eBooks for

Libraries

WWW.PETERLANG.COM/EBOOKS

Your benefits

• Twelve months free access to all eBook titles • Decreased cost per download • Retain control of the final selection process • COUNTER4-compliant usage statistics

Available as ePUB and PDF

DRM-free

10,000+ titles

• Low risk

Contact us for a tailored offer:

r.chesa@peterlang.com


www.peterlang.com

www.facebook.com/PeterLangPublishers

@PeterLangGroup


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook